1 | /** @file
|
---|
2 | Implementation of interfaces function for EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL.
|
---|
3 |
|
---|
4 | Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
|
---|
5 | SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
|
---|
6 |
|
---|
7 | **/
|
---|
8 |
|
---|
9 |
|
---|
10 | #include "HiiDatabase.h"
|
---|
11 | extern HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA mPrivate;
|
---|
12 |
|
---|
13 | /**
|
---|
14 | Calculate the number of Unicode characters of the incoming Configuration string,
|
---|
15 | not including NULL terminator.
|
---|
16 |
|
---|
17 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
18 |
|
---|
19 | @param String String in <MultiConfigRequest> or
|
---|
20 | <MultiConfigResp> format.
|
---|
21 |
|
---|
22 | @return The number of Unicode characters.
|
---|
23 |
|
---|
24 | **/
|
---|
25 | UINTN
|
---|
26 | CalculateConfigStringLen (
|
---|
27 | IN EFI_STRING String
|
---|
28 | )
|
---|
29 | {
|
---|
30 | EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
|
---|
31 |
|
---|
32 | //
|
---|
33 | // "GUID=" should be the first element of incoming string.
|
---|
34 | //
|
---|
35 | ASSERT (String != NULL);
|
---|
36 | ASSERT (StrnCmp (String, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0);
|
---|
37 |
|
---|
38 | //
|
---|
39 | // The beginning of next <ConfigRequest>/<ConfigResp> should be "&GUID=".
|
---|
40 | // Will meet '\0' if there is only one <ConfigRequest>/<ConfigResp>.
|
---|
41 | //
|
---|
42 | TmpPtr = StrStr (String, L"&GUID=");
|
---|
43 | if (TmpPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
44 | return StrLen (String);
|
---|
45 | }
|
---|
46 |
|
---|
47 | return (TmpPtr - String);
|
---|
48 | }
|
---|
49 |
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | /**
|
---|
52 | Convert the hex UNICODE %02x encoding of a UEFI device path to binary
|
---|
53 | from <PathHdr> of <ConfigHdr>.
|
---|
54 |
|
---|
55 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
56 |
|
---|
57 | @param String UEFI configuration string
|
---|
58 | @param DevicePathData Binary of a UEFI device path.
|
---|
59 |
|
---|
60 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The device path is not invalid.
|
---|
61 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any incoming parameter is invalid.
|
---|
62 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Lake of resources to store necessary structures.
|
---|
63 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device path is retrieved and translated to
|
---|
64 | binary format.
|
---|
65 |
|
---|
66 | **/
|
---|
67 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
68 | GetDevicePath (
|
---|
69 | IN EFI_STRING String,
|
---|
70 | OUT UINT8 **DevicePathData
|
---|
71 | )
|
---|
72 | {
|
---|
73 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
74 | EFI_STRING PathHdr;
|
---|
75 | UINT8 *DevicePathBuffer;
|
---|
76 | CHAR16 TemStr[2];
|
---|
77 | UINTN Index;
|
---|
78 | UINT8 DigitUint8;
|
---|
79 | EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
|
---|
80 |
|
---|
81 |
|
---|
82 | if (String == NULL || DevicePathData == NULL) {
|
---|
83 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
84 | }
|
---|
85 |
|
---|
86 | //
|
---|
87 | // Find the 'PATH=' of <PathHdr> and skip it.
|
---|
88 | //
|
---|
89 | for (; (*String != 0 && StrnCmp (String, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0); String++);
|
---|
90 | if (*String == 0) {
|
---|
91 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
92 | }
|
---|
93 | //
|
---|
94 | // Check whether path data does exist.
|
---|
95 | //
|
---|
96 | String += StrLen (L"PATH=");
|
---|
97 | if (*String == 0) {
|
---|
98 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
99 | }
|
---|
100 | PathHdr = String;
|
---|
101 |
|
---|
102 | //
|
---|
103 | // The content between 'PATH=' of <ConfigHdr> and '&' of next element
|
---|
104 | // or '\0' (end of configuration string) is the UNICODE %02x bytes encoding
|
---|
105 | // of UEFI device path.
|
---|
106 | //
|
---|
107 | for (Length = 0; *String != 0 && *String != L'&'; String++, Length++);
|
---|
108 | //
|
---|
109 | // Check DevicePath Length
|
---|
110 | //
|
---|
111 | if (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)) {
|
---|
112 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
113 | }
|
---|
114 |
|
---|
115 | //
|
---|
116 | // The data in <PathHdr> is encoded as hex UNICODE %02x bytes in the same order
|
---|
117 | // as the device path resides in RAM memory.
|
---|
118 | // Translate the data into binary.
|
---|
119 | //
|
---|
120 | DevicePathBuffer = (UINT8 *) AllocateZeroPool ((Length + 1) / 2);
|
---|
121 | if (DevicePathBuffer == NULL) {
|
---|
122 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
123 | }
|
---|
124 |
|
---|
125 | //
|
---|
126 | // Convert DevicePath
|
---|
127 | //
|
---|
128 | ZeroMem (TemStr, sizeof (TemStr));
|
---|
129 | for (Index = 0; Index < Length; Index ++) {
|
---|
130 | TemStr[0] = PathHdr[Index];
|
---|
131 | DigitUint8 = (UINT8) StrHexToUint64 (TemStr);
|
---|
132 | if ((Index & 1) == 0) {
|
---|
133 | DevicePathBuffer [Index/2] = DigitUint8;
|
---|
134 | } else {
|
---|
135 | DevicePathBuffer [Index/2] = (UINT8) ((DevicePathBuffer [Index/2] << 4) + DigitUint8);
|
---|
136 | }
|
---|
137 | }
|
---|
138 |
|
---|
139 | //
|
---|
140 | // Validate DevicePath
|
---|
141 | //
|
---|
142 | DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) DevicePathBuffer;
|
---|
143 | while (!IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath)) {
|
---|
144 | if ((DevicePath->Type == 0) || (DevicePath->SubType == 0) || (DevicePathNodeLength (DevicePath) < sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL))) {
|
---|
145 | //
|
---|
146 | // Invalid device path
|
---|
147 | //
|
---|
148 | FreePool (DevicePathBuffer);
|
---|
149 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
150 | }
|
---|
151 | DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath);
|
---|
152 | }
|
---|
153 |
|
---|
154 | //
|
---|
155 | // return the device path
|
---|
156 | //
|
---|
157 | *DevicePathData = DevicePathBuffer;
|
---|
158 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
159 | }
|
---|
160 |
|
---|
161 | /**
|
---|
162 | Converts the unicode character of the string from uppercase to lowercase.
|
---|
163 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
164 |
|
---|
165 | @param ConfigString String to be converted
|
---|
166 |
|
---|
167 | **/
|
---|
168 | VOID
|
---|
169 | EFIAPI
|
---|
170 | HiiToLower (
|
---|
171 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigString
|
---|
172 | )
|
---|
173 | {
|
---|
174 | EFI_STRING String;
|
---|
175 | BOOLEAN Lower;
|
---|
176 |
|
---|
177 | ASSERT (ConfigString != NULL);
|
---|
178 |
|
---|
179 | //
|
---|
180 | // Convert all hex digits in range [A-F] in the configuration header to [a-f]
|
---|
181 | //
|
---|
182 | for (String = ConfigString, Lower = FALSE; *String != L'\0'; String++) {
|
---|
183 | if (*String == L'=') {
|
---|
184 | Lower = TRUE;
|
---|
185 | } else if (*String == L'&') {
|
---|
186 | Lower = FALSE;
|
---|
187 | } else if (Lower && *String >= L'A' && *String <= L'F') {
|
---|
188 | *String = (CHAR16) (*String - L'A' + L'a');
|
---|
189 | }
|
---|
190 | }
|
---|
191 |
|
---|
192 | return;
|
---|
193 | }
|
---|
194 |
|
---|
195 | /**
|
---|
196 | Generate a sub string then output it.
|
---|
197 |
|
---|
198 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
199 |
|
---|
200 | @param String A constant string which is the prefix of the to be
|
---|
201 | generated string, e.g. GUID=
|
---|
202 |
|
---|
203 | @param BufferLen The length of the Buffer in bytes.
|
---|
204 |
|
---|
205 | @param Buffer Points to a buffer which will be converted to be the
|
---|
206 | content of the generated string.
|
---|
207 |
|
---|
208 | @param Flag If 1, the buffer contains data for the value of GUID or PATH stored in
|
---|
209 | UINT8 *; if 2, the buffer contains unicode string for the value of NAME;
|
---|
210 | if 3, the buffer contains other data.
|
---|
211 |
|
---|
212 | @param SubStr Points to the output string. It's caller's
|
---|
213 | responsibility to free this buffer.
|
---|
214 |
|
---|
215 |
|
---|
216 | **/
|
---|
217 | VOID
|
---|
218 | GenerateSubStr (
|
---|
219 | IN CONST EFI_STRING String,
|
---|
220 | IN UINTN BufferLen,
|
---|
221 | IN VOID *Buffer,
|
---|
222 | IN UINT8 Flag,
|
---|
223 | OUT EFI_STRING *SubStr
|
---|
224 | )
|
---|
225 | {
|
---|
226 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
227 | EFI_STRING Str;
|
---|
228 | EFI_STRING StringHeader;
|
---|
229 | CHAR16 *TemString;
|
---|
230 | CHAR16 *TemName;
|
---|
231 | UINT8 *TemBuffer;
|
---|
232 | UINTN Index;
|
---|
233 |
|
---|
234 | ASSERT (String != NULL && SubStr != NULL);
|
---|
235 |
|
---|
236 | if (Buffer == NULL) {
|
---|
237 | *SubStr = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (String), String);
|
---|
238 | ASSERT (*SubStr != NULL);
|
---|
239 | return;
|
---|
240 | }
|
---|
241 |
|
---|
242 | //
|
---|
243 | // Header + Data + '&' + '\0'
|
---|
244 | //
|
---|
245 | Length = StrLen (String) + BufferLen * 2 + 1 + 1;
|
---|
246 | Str = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
247 | ASSERT (Str != NULL);
|
---|
248 |
|
---|
249 | StrCpyS (Str, Length, String);
|
---|
250 |
|
---|
251 | StringHeader = Str + StrLen (String);
|
---|
252 | TemString = (CHAR16 *) StringHeader;
|
---|
253 |
|
---|
254 | switch (Flag) {
|
---|
255 | case 1:
|
---|
256 | //
|
---|
257 | // Convert Buffer to Hex String in reverse order
|
---|
258 | //
|
---|
259 | TemBuffer = ((UINT8 *) Buffer);
|
---|
260 | for (Index = 0; Index < BufferLen; Index ++, TemBuffer ++) {
|
---|
261 | UnicodeValueToStringS (
|
---|
262 | TemString,
|
---|
263 | sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)),
|
---|
264 | PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
|
---|
265 | *TemBuffer,
|
---|
266 | 2
|
---|
267 | );
|
---|
268 | TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length));
|
---|
269 | }
|
---|
270 | break;
|
---|
271 | case 2:
|
---|
272 | //
|
---|
273 | // Check buffer is enough
|
---|
274 | //
|
---|
275 | TemName = (CHAR16 *) Buffer;
|
---|
276 | ASSERT ((BufferLen * 2 + 1) >= (StrLen (TemName) * 4 + 1));
|
---|
277 | //
|
---|
278 | // Convert Unicode String to Config String, e.g. "ABCD" => "0041004200430044"
|
---|
279 | //
|
---|
280 | for (; *TemName != L'\0'; TemName++) {
|
---|
281 | UnicodeValueToStringS (
|
---|
282 | TemString,
|
---|
283 | sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)),
|
---|
284 | PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
|
---|
285 | *TemName,
|
---|
286 | 4
|
---|
287 | );
|
---|
288 | TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length));
|
---|
289 | }
|
---|
290 | break;
|
---|
291 | case 3:
|
---|
292 | //
|
---|
293 | // Convert Buffer to Hex String
|
---|
294 | //
|
---|
295 | TemBuffer = ((UINT8 *) Buffer) + BufferLen - 1;
|
---|
296 | for (Index = 0; Index < BufferLen; Index ++, TemBuffer --) {
|
---|
297 | UnicodeValueToStringS (
|
---|
298 | TemString,
|
---|
299 | sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)),
|
---|
300 | PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
|
---|
301 | *TemBuffer,
|
---|
302 | 2
|
---|
303 | );
|
---|
304 | TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length));
|
---|
305 | }
|
---|
306 | break;
|
---|
307 | default:
|
---|
308 | break;
|
---|
309 | }
|
---|
310 |
|
---|
311 | //
|
---|
312 | // Convert the uppercase to lowercase since <HexAf> is defined in lowercase format.
|
---|
313 | //
|
---|
314 | StrCatS (Str, Length, L"&");
|
---|
315 | HiiToLower (Str);
|
---|
316 |
|
---|
317 | *SubStr = Str;
|
---|
318 | }
|
---|
319 |
|
---|
320 |
|
---|
321 | /**
|
---|
322 | Retrieve the <ConfigBody> from String then output it.
|
---|
323 |
|
---|
324 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
325 |
|
---|
326 | @param String A sub string of a configuration string in
|
---|
327 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format.
|
---|
328 | @param ConfigBody Points to the output string. It's caller's
|
---|
329 | responsibility to free this buffer.
|
---|
330 |
|
---|
331 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER There is no form package in current hii database.
|
---|
332 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to finish this operation.
|
---|
333 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS All existing storage is exported.
|
---|
334 |
|
---|
335 | **/
|
---|
336 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
337 | OutputConfigBody (
|
---|
338 | IN EFI_STRING String,
|
---|
339 | OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigBody
|
---|
340 | )
|
---|
341 | {
|
---|
342 | EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
|
---|
343 | EFI_STRING Result;
|
---|
344 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
345 |
|
---|
346 | if (String == NULL || ConfigBody == NULL) {
|
---|
347 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
348 | }
|
---|
349 |
|
---|
350 | //
|
---|
351 | // The setting information should start OFFSET, not ALTCFG.
|
---|
352 | //
|
---|
353 | if (StrnCmp (String, L"&ALTCFG=", StrLen (L"&ALTCFG=")) == 0) {
|
---|
354 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
355 | }
|
---|
356 |
|
---|
357 | TmpPtr = StrStr (String, L"GUID=");
|
---|
358 | if (TmpPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
359 | //
|
---|
360 | // It is the last <ConfigResp> of the incoming configuration string.
|
---|
361 | //
|
---|
362 | Result = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (String), String);
|
---|
363 | if (Result == NULL) {
|
---|
364 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
365 | } else {
|
---|
366 | *ConfigBody = Result;
|
---|
367 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
368 | }
|
---|
369 | }
|
---|
370 |
|
---|
371 | Length = TmpPtr - String;
|
---|
372 | if (Length == 0) {
|
---|
373 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
374 | }
|
---|
375 | Result = AllocateCopyPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16), String);
|
---|
376 | if (Result == NULL) {
|
---|
377 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
378 | }
|
---|
379 |
|
---|
380 | *(Result + Length - 1) = 0;
|
---|
381 | *ConfigBody = Result;
|
---|
382 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
383 | }
|
---|
384 |
|
---|
385 | /**
|
---|
386 | Append a string to a multi-string format.
|
---|
387 |
|
---|
388 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
389 |
|
---|
390 | @param MultiString String in <MultiConfigRequest>,
|
---|
391 | <MultiConfigAltResp>, or <MultiConfigResp>. On
|
---|
392 | input, the buffer length of this string is
|
---|
393 | MAX_STRING_LENGTH. On output, the buffer length
|
---|
394 | might be updated.
|
---|
395 | @param AppendString NULL-terminated Unicode string.
|
---|
396 |
|
---|
397 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any incoming parameter is invalid.
|
---|
398 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS AppendString is append to the end of MultiString
|
---|
399 |
|
---|
400 | **/
|
---|
401 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
402 | AppendToMultiString (
|
---|
403 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *MultiString,
|
---|
404 | IN EFI_STRING AppendString
|
---|
405 | )
|
---|
406 | {
|
---|
407 | UINTN AppendStringSize;
|
---|
408 | UINTN MultiStringSize;
|
---|
409 | UINTN MaxLen;
|
---|
410 |
|
---|
411 | if (MultiString == NULL || *MultiString == NULL || AppendString == NULL) {
|
---|
412 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
413 | }
|
---|
414 |
|
---|
415 | AppendStringSize = StrSize (AppendString);
|
---|
416 | MultiStringSize = StrSize (*MultiString);
|
---|
417 | MaxLen = MAX_STRING_LENGTH / sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
418 |
|
---|
419 | //
|
---|
420 | // Enlarge the buffer each time when length exceeds MAX_STRING_LENGTH.
|
---|
421 | //
|
---|
422 | if (MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize > MAX_STRING_LENGTH ||
|
---|
423 | MultiStringSize > MAX_STRING_LENGTH) {
|
---|
424 | *MultiString = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
425 | MultiStringSize,
|
---|
426 | MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize,
|
---|
427 | (VOID *) (*MultiString)
|
---|
428 | );
|
---|
429 | MaxLen = (MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize) / sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
430 | ASSERT (*MultiString != NULL);
|
---|
431 | }
|
---|
432 | //
|
---|
433 | // Append the incoming string
|
---|
434 | //
|
---|
435 | StrCatS (*MultiString, MaxLen, AppendString);
|
---|
436 |
|
---|
437 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
438 | }
|
---|
439 |
|
---|
440 |
|
---|
441 | /**
|
---|
442 | Get the value of <Number> in <BlockConfig> format, i.e. the value of OFFSET
|
---|
443 | or WIDTH or VALUE.
|
---|
444 | <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE'=<Number>
|
---|
445 |
|
---|
446 | This is a internal function.
|
---|
447 |
|
---|
448 | @param StringPtr String in <BlockConfig> format and points to the
|
---|
449 | first character of <Number>.
|
---|
450 | @param Number The output value. Caller takes the responsibility
|
---|
451 | to free memory.
|
---|
452 | @param Len Length of the <Number>, in characters.
|
---|
453 |
|
---|
454 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary
|
---|
455 | structures.
|
---|
456 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS Value of <Number> is outputted in Number
|
---|
457 | successfully.
|
---|
458 |
|
---|
459 | **/
|
---|
460 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
461 | GetValueOfNumber (
|
---|
462 | IN EFI_STRING StringPtr,
|
---|
463 | OUT UINT8 **Number,
|
---|
464 | OUT UINTN *Len
|
---|
465 | )
|
---|
466 | {
|
---|
467 | EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
|
---|
468 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
469 | EFI_STRING Str;
|
---|
470 | UINT8 *Buf;
|
---|
471 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
472 | UINT8 DigitUint8;
|
---|
473 | UINTN Index;
|
---|
474 | CHAR16 TemStr[2];
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | if (StringPtr == NULL || *StringPtr == L'\0' || Number == NULL || Len == NULL) {
|
---|
477 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
478 | }
|
---|
479 |
|
---|
480 | Buf = NULL;
|
---|
481 |
|
---|
482 | TmpPtr = StringPtr;
|
---|
483 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
484 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
485 | }
|
---|
486 | *Len = StringPtr - TmpPtr;
|
---|
487 | Length = *Len + 1;
|
---|
488 |
|
---|
489 | Str = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
490 | if (Str == NULL) {
|
---|
491 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
492 | goto Exit;
|
---|
493 | }
|
---|
494 | CopyMem (Str, TmpPtr, *Len * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
495 | *(Str + *Len) = L'\0';
|
---|
496 |
|
---|
497 | Length = (Length + 1) / 2;
|
---|
498 | Buf = (UINT8 *) AllocateZeroPool (Length);
|
---|
499 | if (Buf == NULL) {
|
---|
500 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
501 | goto Exit;
|
---|
502 | }
|
---|
503 |
|
---|
504 | Length = *Len;
|
---|
505 | ZeroMem (TemStr, sizeof (TemStr));
|
---|
506 | for (Index = 0; Index < Length; Index ++) {
|
---|
507 | TemStr[0] = Str[Length - Index - 1];
|
---|
508 | DigitUint8 = (UINT8) StrHexToUint64 (TemStr);
|
---|
509 | if ((Index & 1) == 0) {
|
---|
510 | Buf [Index/2] = DigitUint8;
|
---|
511 | } else {
|
---|
512 | Buf [Index/2] = (UINT8) ((DigitUint8 << 4) + Buf [Index/2]);
|
---|
513 | }
|
---|
514 | }
|
---|
515 |
|
---|
516 | *Number = Buf;
|
---|
517 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
518 |
|
---|
519 | Exit:
|
---|
520 | if (Str != NULL) {
|
---|
521 | FreePool (Str);
|
---|
522 | }
|
---|
523 |
|
---|
524 | return Status;
|
---|
525 | }
|
---|
526 |
|
---|
527 | /**
|
---|
528 | To find the BlockName in the string with same value.
|
---|
529 |
|
---|
530 | @param String Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
|
---|
531 | @param BlockName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for.
|
---|
532 | @param Buffer Pointer to the value correspond to the BlockName.
|
---|
533 | @param Found The Block whether has been found.
|
---|
534 | @param BufferLen The length of the buffer.
|
---|
535 |
|
---|
536 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures.
|
---|
537 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
|
---|
538 |
|
---|
539 | **/
|
---|
540 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
541 | FindSameBlockElement(
|
---|
542 | IN EFI_STRING String,
|
---|
543 | IN EFI_STRING BlockName,
|
---|
544 | IN UINT8 *Buffer,
|
---|
545 | OUT BOOLEAN *Found,
|
---|
546 | IN UINTN BufferLen
|
---|
547 | )
|
---|
548 | {
|
---|
549 | EFI_STRING BlockPtr;
|
---|
550 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
551 | UINT8 *TempBuffer;
|
---|
552 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
553 |
|
---|
554 | TempBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
555 | *Found = FALSE;
|
---|
556 | BlockPtr = StrStr (String, BlockName);
|
---|
557 |
|
---|
558 | while (BlockPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
559 | BlockPtr += StrLen (BlockName);
|
---|
560 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (BlockPtr, &TempBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
561 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
562 | return Status;
|
---|
563 | }
|
---|
564 | ASSERT (TempBuffer != NULL);
|
---|
565 | if ((BufferLen == Length) && (0 == CompareMem (Buffer, TempBuffer, Length))) {
|
---|
566 | *Found = TRUE;
|
---|
567 | FreePool (TempBuffer);
|
---|
568 | TempBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
569 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
570 | } else {
|
---|
571 | FreePool (TempBuffer);
|
---|
572 | TempBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
573 | BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, BlockName);
|
---|
574 | }
|
---|
575 | }
|
---|
576 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
577 | }
|
---|
578 |
|
---|
579 | /**
|
---|
580 | Compare the <AltResp> in ConfigAltResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp>
|
---|
581 | in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in ConfigAltResp,add it to the ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
582 |
|
---|
583 | @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
584 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
|
---|
585 | string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
|
---|
586 | string for the different varstore buffer.
|
---|
587 | @param ConfigAltResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
588 | <ConfigAltResp> format.
|
---|
589 | @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format.
|
---|
590 | @param ConfigAltRespChanged Whether the ConfigAltResp has been changed.
|
---|
591 |
|
---|
592 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures.
|
---|
593 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
|
---|
594 |
|
---|
595 | **/
|
---|
596 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
597 | CompareBlockElementDefault (
|
---|
598 | IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp,
|
---|
599 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigAltResp,
|
---|
600 | IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr,
|
---|
601 | IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConfigAltRespChanged
|
---|
602 | )
|
---|
603 | {
|
---|
604 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
605 | EFI_STRING BlockPtr;
|
---|
606 | EFI_STRING BlockPtrStart;
|
---|
607 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
608 | EFI_STRING AppendString;
|
---|
609 | EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtr;
|
---|
610 | UINT8 *TempBuffer;
|
---|
611 | UINTN OffsetLength;
|
---|
612 | UINTN AppendSize;
|
---|
613 | UINTN TotalSize;
|
---|
614 | BOOLEAN FoundOffset;
|
---|
615 |
|
---|
616 | AppendString = NULL;
|
---|
617 | TempBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
618 | //
|
---|
619 | // Make BlockPtr point to the first <BlockConfig> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
620 | //
|
---|
621 | AltConfigHdrPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
622 | ASSERT (AltConfigHdrPtr != NULL);
|
---|
623 | BlockPtr = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr, L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
624 | //
|
---|
625 | // Make StringPtr point to the AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
626 | //
|
---|
627 | StringPtr = StrStr (*ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
628 | ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
|
---|
629 |
|
---|
630 | while (BlockPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
631 | //
|
---|
632 | // Find the "&OFFSET=<Number>" block and get the value of the Number with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
633 | //
|
---|
634 | BlockPtrStart = BlockPtr;
|
---|
635 | BlockPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
636 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (BlockPtr, &TempBuffer, &OffsetLength);
|
---|
637 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
638 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
639 | goto Exit;
|
---|
640 | }
|
---|
641 | //
|
---|
642 | // To find the same "&OFFSET=<Number>" block in ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
643 | //
|
---|
644 | Status = FindSameBlockElement (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", TempBuffer, &FoundOffset, OffsetLength);
|
---|
645 | if (TempBuffer != NULL) {
|
---|
646 | FreePool (TempBuffer);
|
---|
647 | TempBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
648 | }
|
---|
649 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
650 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
651 | goto Exit;
|
---|
652 | }
|
---|
653 | if (!FoundOffset) {
|
---|
654 | //
|
---|
655 | // Don't find the same "&OFFSET=<Number>" block in ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
656 | // Calculate the size of <BlockConfig>.
|
---|
657 | // <BlockConfig>::='OFFSET='<Number>'&WIDTH='<Number>'&VALUE='<Number>.
|
---|
658 | //
|
---|
659 | BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
660 | if (BlockPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
661 | AppendSize = (BlockPtr - BlockPtrStart) * sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
662 | } else {
|
---|
663 | AppendSize = StrSize (BlockPtrStart);
|
---|
664 | }
|
---|
665 | //
|
---|
666 | // Copy the <BlockConfig> to AppendString.
|
---|
667 | //
|
---|
668 | if (AppendString == NULL) {
|
---|
669 | AppendString = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
670 | StrnCatS (AppendString, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16) + 1, BlockPtrStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
671 | } else {
|
---|
672 | TotalSize = StrSize (AppendString) + AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
673 | AppendString = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
674 | StrSize (AppendString),
|
---|
675 | TotalSize,
|
---|
676 | AppendString
|
---|
677 | );
|
---|
678 | if (AppendString == NULL) {
|
---|
679 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
680 | goto Exit;
|
---|
681 | }
|
---|
682 | StrnCatS (AppendString, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), BlockPtrStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
683 | }
|
---|
684 | } else {
|
---|
685 | //
|
---|
686 | // To find next "&OFFSET=<Number>" block with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
687 | //
|
---|
688 | BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
689 | }
|
---|
690 | }
|
---|
691 |
|
---|
692 | if (AppendString != NULL) {
|
---|
693 | //
|
---|
694 | // Reallocate ConfigAltResp to copy the AppendString.
|
---|
695 | //
|
---|
696 | TotalSize = StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
697 | *ConfigAltResp = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
698 | StrSize (*ConfigAltResp),
|
---|
699 | TotalSize,
|
---|
700 | *ConfigAltResp
|
---|
701 | );
|
---|
702 | if (*ConfigAltResp == NULL) {
|
---|
703 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
704 | goto Exit;
|
---|
705 | }
|
---|
706 | StrCatS (*ConfigAltResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), AppendString);
|
---|
707 | *ConfigAltRespChanged = TRUE;
|
---|
708 | }
|
---|
709 |
|
---|
710 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
711 |
|
---|
712 | Exit:
|
---|
713 | if (AppendString != NULL) {
|
---|
714 | FreePool (AppendString);
|
---|
715 | }
|
---|
716 |
|
---|
717 | return Status;
|
---|
718 | }
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | /**
|
---|
721 | Compare the <AltResp> in ConfigAltResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp>
|
---|
722 | in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in ConfigAltResp,add it to the ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
723 |
|
---|
724 | @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
725 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
|
---|
726 | string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
|
---|
727 | string for the different varstore buffer.
|
---|
728 | @param ConfigAltResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
729 | <ConfigAltResp> format.
|
---|
730 | @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format.
|
---|
731 | @param ConfigAltRespChanged Whether the ConfigAltResp has been changed.
|
---|
732 |
|
---|
733 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures.
|
---|
734 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
|
---|
735 |
|
---|
736 | **/
|
---|
737 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
738 | CompareNameElementDefault (
|
---|
739 | IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp,
|
---|
740 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigAltResp,
|
---|
741 | IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr,
|
---|
742 | IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConfigAltRespChanged
|
---|
743 | )
|
---|
744 | {
|
---|
745 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
746 | EFI_STRING NvConfigPtr;
|
---|
747 | EFI_STRING NvConfigStart;
|
---|
748 | EFI_STRING NvConfigValuePtr;
|
---|
749 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
750 | EFI_STRING NvConfigExist;
|
---|
751 | EFI_STRING AppendString;
|
---|
752 | CHAR16 TempChar;
|
---|
753 | UINTN AppendSize;
|
---|
754 | UINTN TotalSize;
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | AppendString = NULL;
|
---|
757 | NvConfigExist = NULL;
|
---|
758 | //
|
---|
759 | // Make NvConfigPtr point to the first <NvConfig> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
760 | //
|
---|
761 | NvConfigPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
762 | ASSERT (NvConfigPtr != NULL);
|
---|
763 | NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + StrLen(AltConfigHdr),L"&");
|
---|
764 | //
|
---|
765 | // Make StringPtr point to the first <NvConfig> with AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
766 | //
|
---|
767 | StringPtr = StrStr (*ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
768 | ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
|
---|
769 | StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr + StrLen (AltConfigHdr), L"&");
|
---|
770 | ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
|
---|
771 |
|
---|
772 | while (NvConfigPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
773 | //
|
---|
774 | // <NvConfig> ::= <Label>'='<String> | <Label>'='<Number>.
|
---|
775 | // Get the <Label> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
776 | //
|
---|
777 | NvConfigStart = NvConfigPtr;
|
---|
778 | NvConfigValuePtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"=");
|
---|
779 | ASSERT (NvConfigValuePtr != NULL);
|
---|
780 | TempChar = *NvConfigValuePtr;
|
---|
781 | *NvConfigValuePtr = L'\0';
|
---|
782 | //
|
---|
783 | // Get the <Label> with AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
784 | //
|
---|
785 | NvConfigExist = StrStr (StringPtr, NvConfigPtr);
|
---|
786 | if (NvConfigExist == NULL) {
|
---|
787 | //
|
---|
788 | // Don't find same <Label> in ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
789 | // Calculate the size of <NvConfig>.
|
---|
790 | //
|
---|
791 | *NvConfigValuePtr = TempChar;
|
---|
792 | NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"&");
|
---|
793 | if (NvConfigPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
794 | AppendSize = (NvConfigPtr - NvConfigStart) * sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
795 | } else {
|
---|
796 | AppendSize = StrSize (NvConfigStart);
|
---|
797 | }
|
---|
798 | //
|
---|
799 | // Copy the <NvConfig> to AppendString.
|
---|
800 | //
|
---|
801 | if (AppendString == NULL) {
|
---|
802 | AppendString = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
803 | StrnCatS (AppendString, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16) + 1, NvConfigStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
804 | } else {
|
---|
805 | TotalSize = StrSize (AppendString) + AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
806 | AppendString = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
807 | StrSize (AppendString),
|
---|
808 | TotalSize,
|
---|
809 | AppendString
|
---|
810 | );
|
---|
811 | if (AppendString == NULL) {
|
---|
812 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
813 | goto Exit;
|
---|
814 | }
|
---|
815 | StrnCatS (AppendString, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), NvConfigStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
816 | }
|
---|
817 | } else {
|
---|
818 | //
|
---|
819 | // To find next <Label> in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
820 | //
|
---|
821 | *NvConfigValuePtr = TempChar;
|
---|
822 | NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"&");
|
---|
823 | }
|
---|
824 | }
|
---|
825 | if (AppendString != NULL) {
|
---|
826 | //
|
---|
827 | // Reallocate ConfigAltResp to copy the AppendString.
|
---|
828 | //
|
---|
829 | TotalSize = StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
830 | *ConfigAltResp = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
831 | StrSize (*ConfigAltResp),
|
---|
832 | StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16),
|
---|
833 | *ConfigAltResp
|
---|
834 | );
|
---|
835 | if (*ConfigAltResp == NULL) {
|
---|
836 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
837 | goto Exit;
|
---|
838 | }
|
---|
839 | StrCatS (*ConfigAltResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), AppendString);
|
---|
840 | *ConfigAltRespChanged = TRUE;
|
---|
841 | }
|
---|
842 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
843 |
|
---|
844 | Exit:
|
---|
845 | if (AppendString != NULL) {
|
---|
846 | FreePool (AppendString);
|
---|
847 | }
|
---|
848 | return Status;
|
---|
849 | }
|
---|
850 |
|
---|
851 | /**
|
---|
852 | Compare the <AltResp> in AltCfgResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp>
|
---|
853 | in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in AltCfgResp,add it to the AltCfgResp.
|
---|
854 |
|
---|
855 | @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
856 | <ConfigAltResp> format.
|
---|
857 | @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
858 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
|
---|
859 | string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
|
---|
860 | string for the different varstore buffer.
|
---|
861 | @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format.
|
---|
862 |
|
---|
863 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary
|
---|
864 | structures.
|
---|
865 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
|
---|
866 |
|
---|
867 | **/
|
---|
868 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
869 | CompareAndMergeDefaultString (
|
---|
870 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp,
|
---|
871 | IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp,
|
---|
872 | IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr
|
---|
873 | )
|
---|
874 | {
|
---|
875 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
876 | EFI_STRING AltCfgRespBackup;
|
---|
877 | EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtr;
|
---|
878 | EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtrNext;
|
---|
879 | EFI_STRING ConfigAltResp;
|
---|
880 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
881 | EFI_STRING StringPtrNext;
|
---|
882 | EFI_STRING BlockPtr;
|
---|
883 | UINTN ReallocateSize;
|
---|
884 | CHAR16 TempChar;
|
---|
885 | CHAR16 TempCharA;
|
---|
886 | BOOLEAN ConfigAltRespChanged;
|
---|
887 |
|
---|
888 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
889 | BlockPtr = NULL;
|
---|
890 | AltConfigHdrPtrNext = NULL;
|
---|
891 | StringPtrNext = NULL;
|
---|
892 | ConfigAltResp = NULL;
|
---|
893 | AltCfgRespBackup = NULL;
|
---|
894 | TempChar = L'\0';
|
---|
895 | TempCharA = L'\0';
|
---|
896 | ConfigAltRespChanged = FALSE;
|
---|
897 |
|
---|
898 | //
|
---|
899 | //To find the <AltResp> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp, ignore other <AltResp> which follow it.
|
---|
900 | //
|
---|
901 | AltConfigHdrPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
902 | ASSERT (AltConfigHdrPtr != NULL);
|
---|
903 | AltConfigHdrPtrNext = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr + 1, L"&GUID");
|
---|
904 | if (AltConfigHdrPtrNext != NULL) {
|
---|
905 | TempChar = *AltConfigHdrPtrNext;
|
---|
906 | *AltConfigHdrPtrNext = L'\0';
|
---|
907 | }
|
---|
908 | //
|
---|
909 | // To find the <AltResp> with AltConfigHdr in AltCfgResp, ignore other <AltResp> which follow it.
|
---|
910 | //
|
---|
911 | StringPtr = StrStr (*AltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
912 | ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
|
---|
913 | StringPtrNext = StrStr (StringPtr + 1, L"&GUID");
|
---|
914 | if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
|
---|
915 | TempCharA = *StringPtrNext;
|
---|
916 | *StringPtrNext = L'\0';
|
---|
917 | }
|
---|
918 | //
|
---|
919 | // Copy the content of <ConfigAltResp> which contain current AltConfigHdr in AltCfgResp.
|
---|
920 | //
|
---|
921 | ConfigAltResp = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (*AltCfgResp), *AltCfgResp);
|
---|
922 | if (ConfigAltResp == NULL) {
|
---|
923 | goto Exit;
|
---|
924 | }
|
---|
925 | //
|
---|
926 | // To find the <ConfigBody> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
927 | //
|
---|
928 | BlockPtr = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr, L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
929 | if (BlockPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
930 | //
|
---|
931 | // <BlockConfig>::='OFFSET='<Number>'&WIDTH='<Number>'&VALUE='<Number> style.
|
---|
932 | // Call function CompareBlockElementDefault to compare the <BlockConfig> in DefaultAltCfgResp and ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
933 | // The ConfigAltResp which may contain the new <BlockConfig> get from DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
934 | //
|
---|
935 | Status = CompareBlockElementDefault (DefaultAltCfgResp, &ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr, &ConfigAltRespChanged);
|
---|
936 | if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
|
---|
937 | goto Exit;
|
---|
938 | }
|
---|
939 | } else {
|
---|
940 | //
|
---|
941 | // <NvConfig> ::= <Label>'='<String> | <Label>'='<Number> style.
|
---|
942 | // Call function CompareNameElementDefault to compare the <NvConfig> in DefaultAltCfgResp and ConfigAltResp.
|
---|
943 | // The ConfigAltResp which may contain the new <NvConfig> get from DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
944 | //
|
---|
945 | Status = CompareNameElementDefault (DefaultAltCfgResp, &ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr, &ConfigAltRespChanged);
|
---|
946 | if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
|
---|
947 | goto Exit;
|
---|
948 | }
|
---|
949 | }
|
---|
950 | //
|
---|
951 | // Restore the AltCfgResp.
|
---|
952 | //
|
---|
953 | if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
|
---|
954 | *StringPtrNext = TempCharA;
|
---|
955 | }
|
---|
956 |
|
---|
957 | //
|
---|
958 | // If the ConfigAltResp has no change,no need to update the content in AltCfgResp.
|
---|
959 | //
|
---|
960 | if (!ConfigAltRespChanged) {
|
---|
961 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
962 | goto Exit;
|
---|
963 | }
|
---|
964 | //
|
---|
965 | // ConfigAltResp has been changed, need to update the content in AltCfgResp.
|
---|
966 | //
|
---|
967 | if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
|
---|
968 | ReallocateSize = StrSize (ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (StringPtrNext) + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
969 | } else {
|
---|
970 | ReallocateSize = StrSize (ConfigAltResp) + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
971 | }
|
---|
972 |
|
---|
973 | AltCfgRespBackup = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (ReallocateSize);
|
---|
974 | if (AltCfgRespBackup == NULL) {
|
---|
975 | goto Exit;
|
---|
976 | }
|
---|
977 |
|
---|
978 | StrCatS (AltCfgRespBackup, ReallocateSize / sizeof (CHAR16), ConfigAltResp);
|
---|
979 | if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
|
---|
980 | StrCatS (AltCfgRespBackup, ReallocateSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrNext);
|
---|
981 | }
|
---|
982 |
|
---|
983 | FreePool (*AltCfgResp);
|
---|
984 | *AltCfgResp = AltCfgRespBackup;
|
---|
985 |
|
---|
986 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
987 |
|
---|
988 | Exit:
|
---|
989 | if (ConfigAltResp != NULL) {
|
---|
990 | FreePool(ConfigAltResp);
|
---|
991 | }
|
---|
992 | //
|
---|
993 | // Restore the DefaultAltCfgResp.
|
---|
994 | //
|
---|
995 | if ( AltConfigHdrPtrNext != NULL) {
|
---|
996 | *AltConfigHdrPtrNext = TempChar;
|
---|
997 | AltConfigHdrPtrNext = NULL;
|
---|
998 | }
|
---|
999 |
|
---|
1000 | return Status;
|
---|
1001 | }
|
---|
1002 |
|
---|
1003 | /**
|
---|
1004 | This function merges DefaultAltCfgResp string into AltCfgResp string for
|
---|
1005 | the missing AltCfgId in AltCfgResq.
|
---|
1006 |
|
---|
1007 | @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
1008 | <ConfigAltResp> format. The default value string
|
---|
1009 | will be merged into it.
|
---|
1010 | @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
1011 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
|
---|
1012 | string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
|
---|
1013 | string for the different varstore buffer.
|
---|
1014 |
|
---|
1015 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The merged string returns.
|
---|
1016 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER *AltCfgResp is to NULL.
|
---|
1017 | **/
|
---|
1018 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
1019 | EFIAPI
|
---|
1020 | MergeDefaultString (
|
---|
1021 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp,
|
---|
1022 | IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp
|
---|
1023 | )
|
---|
1024 | {
|
---|
1025 | EFI_STRING StringPtrDefault;
|
---|
1026 | EFI_STRING StringPtrEnd;
|
---|
1027 | CHAR16 TempChar;
|
---|
1028 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
1029 | EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr;
|
---|
1030 | UINTN HeaderLength;
|
---|
1031 | UINTN SizeAltCfgResp;
|
---|
1032 | UINTN MaxLen;
|
---|
1033 | UINTN TotalSize;
|
---|
1034 |
|
---|
1035 | if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
1036 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
1037 | }
|
---|
1038 |
|
---|
1039 | //
|
---|
1040 | // Get the request ConfigHdr
|
---|
1041 | //
|
---|
1042 | SizeAltCfgResp = 0;
|
---|
1043 | StringPtr = *AltCfgResp;
|
---|
1044 |
|
---|
1045 | //
|
---|
1046 | // Find <ConfigHdr> GUID=...&NAME=...&PATH=...
|
---|
1047 | //
|
---|
1048 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
1049 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
1050 | }
|
---|
1051 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) {
|
---|
1052 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
1053 | }
|
---|
1054 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
1055 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
1056 | }
|
---|
1057 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
1058 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
1059 | }
|
---|
1060 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH=");
|
---|
1061 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
1062 | StringPtr ++;
|
---|
1063 | }
|
---|
1064 | HeaderLength = StringPtr - *AltCfgResp;
|
---|
1065 |
|
---|
1066 | //
|
---|
1067 | // Construct AltConfigHdr string "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX\0"
|
---|
1068 | // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 | 1 |
|
---|
1069 | //
|
---|
1070 | MaxLen = 1 + HeaderLength + 8 + 4 + 1;
|
---|
1071 | AltConfigHdr = AllocateZeroPool (MaxLen * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
1072 | if (AltConfigHdr == NULL) {
|
---|
1073 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1074 | }
|
---|
1075 | StrCpyS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, L"&");
|
---|
1076 | StrnCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, *AltCfgResp, HeaderLength);
|
---|
1077 | StrCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, L"&ALTCFG=");
|
---|
1078 | HeaderLength = StrLen (AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1079 |
|
---|
1080 | StringPtrDefault = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1081 | while (StringPtrDefault != NULL) {
|
---|
1082 | //
|
---|
1083 | // Get AltCfg Name
|
---|
1084 | //
|
---|
1085 | StrnCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, StringPtrDefault + HeaderLength, 4);
|
---|
1086 | StringPtr = StrStr (*AltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1087 |
|
---|
1088 | //
|
---|
1089 | // Append the found default value string to the input AltCfgResp
|
---|
1090 | //
|
---|
1091 | if (StringPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
1092 | StringPtrEnd = StrStr (StringPtrDefault + 1, L"&GUID");
|
---|
1093 | SizeAltCfgResp = StrSize (*AltCfgResp);
|
---|
1094 | if (StringPtrEnd == NULL) {
|
---|
1095 | //
|
---|
1096 | // No more default string is found.
|
---|
1097 | //
|
---|
1098 | TotalSize = SizeAltCfgResp + StrSize (StringPtrDefault);
|
---|
1099 | *AltCfgResp = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
1100 | SizeAltCfgResp,
|
---|
1101 | TotalSize,
|
---|
1102 | (VOID *) (*AltCfgResp)
|
---|
1103 | );
|
---|
1104 | if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
1105 | FreePool (AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1106 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1107 | }
|
---|
1108 | StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrDefault);
|
---|
1109 | break;
|
---|
1110 | } else {
|
---|
1111 | TempChar = *StringPtrEnd;
|
---|
1112 | *StringPtrEnd = L'\0';
|
---|
1113 | TotalSize = SizeAltCfgResp + StrSize (StringPtrDefault);
|
---|
1114 | *AltCfgResp = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
1115 | SizeAltCfgResp,
|
---|
1116 | TotalSize,
|
---|
1117 | (VOID *) (*AltCfgResp)
|
---|
1118 | );
|
---|
1119 | if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
1120 | FreePool (AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1121 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1122 | }
|
---|
1123 | StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrDefault);
|
---|
1124 | *StringPtrEnd = TempChar;
|
---|
1125 | }
|
---|
1126 | } else {
|
---|
1127 | //
|
---|
1128 | // The AltCfgResp contains <AltCfgResp>.
|
---|
1129 | // If the <ConfigElement> in <AltCfgResp> in the DefaultAltCfgResp but not in the
|
---|
1130 | // related <AltCfgResp> in AltCfgResp, merge it to AltCfgResp. else no need to merge.
|
---|
1131 | //
|
---|
1132 | CompareAndMergeDefaultString (AltCfgResp, DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1133 | }
|
---|
1134 |
|
---|
1135 | //
|
---|
1136 | // Find next AltCfg String
|
---|
1137 | //
|
---|
1138 | *(AltConfigHdr + HeaderLength) = L'\0';
|
---|
1139 | StringPtrDefault = StrStr (StringPtrDefault + 1, AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1140 | }
|
---|
1141 |
|
---|
1142 | FreePool (AltConfigHdr);
|
---|
1143 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1144 | }
|
---|
1145 |
|
---|
1146 | /**
|
---|
1147 | This function inserts new DefaultValueData into the BlockData DefaultValue array.
|
---|
1148 |
|
---|
1149 | @param BlockData The BlockData is updated to add new default value.
|
---|
1150 | @param DefaultValueData The DefaultValue is added.
|
---|
1151 |
|
---|
1152 | **/
|
---|
1153 | VOID
|
---|
1154 | InsertDefaultValue (
|
---|
1155 | IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData,
|
---|
1156 | IN IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData
|
---|
1157 | )
|
---|
1158 | {
|
---|
1159 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
1160 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueArray;
|
---|
1161 | LIST_ENTRY *DefaultLink;
|
---|
1162 |
|
---|
1163 | DefaultLink = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
|
---|
1164 |
|
---|
1165 | for (Link = DefaultLink->ForwardLink; Link != DefaultLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
1166 | DefaultValueArray = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
1167 | if (DefaultValueArray->DefaultId == DefaultValueData->DefaultId) {
|
---|
1168 | //
|
---|
1169 | // DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_OPCODE has high priority, DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_DEFAULT has low priority.
|
---|
1170 | // When default types are DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_OTHER_DEFAULT, the default value can be overrode.
|
---|
1171 | //
|
---|
1172 | if ((DefaultValueData->Type > DefaultValueArray->Type) || (DefaultValueData->Type == DefaultValueArray->Type && DefaultValueData->Type == DefaultValueFromOtherDefault)) {
|
---|
1173 | //
|
---|
1174 | // Update the default value array in BlockData.
|
---|
1175 | //
|
---|
1176 | CopyMem (&DefaultValueArray->Value, &DefaultValueData->Value, sizeof (EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE));
|
---|
1177 | DefaultValueArray->Type = DefaultValueData->Type;
|
---|
1178 | DefaultValueArray->Cleaned = DefaultValueData->Cleaned;
|
---|
1179 | }
|
---|
1180 | return;
|
---|
1181 | }
|
---|
1182 | }
|
---|
1183 |
|
---|
1184 | //
|
---|
1185 | // Insert new default value data in tail.
|
---|
1186 | //
|
---|
1187 | DefaultValueArray = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
|
---|
1188 | ASSERT (DefaultValueArray != NULL);
|
---|
1189 | CopyMem (DefaultValueArray, DefaultValueData, sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
|
---|
1190 | InsertTailList (Link, &DefaultValueArray->Entry);
|
---|
1191 | }
|
---|
1192 |
|
---|
1193 | /**
|
---|
1194 | This function inserts new BlockData into the block link
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | @param BlockLink The list entry points to block array.
|
---|
1197 | @param BlockData The point to BlockData is added.
|
---|
1198 |
|
---|
1199 | **/
|
---|
1200 | VOID
|
---|
1201 | InsertBlockData (
|
---|
1202 | IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink,
|
---|
1203 | IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA **BlockData
|
---|
1204 | )
|
---|
1205 | {
|
---|
1206 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
1207 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockArray;
|
---|
1208 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockSingleData;
|
---|
1209 |
|
---|
1210 | BlockSingleData = *BlockData;
|
---|
1211 |
|
---|
1212 | if (BlockSingleData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
1213 | InsertTailList (BlockLink, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
|
---|
1214 | return;
|
---|
1215 | }
|
---|
1216 |
|
---|
1217 | //
|
---|
1218 | // Insert block data in its Offset and Width order.
|
---|
1219 | //
|
---|
1220 | for (Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
1221 | BlockArray = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
1222 | if (BlockArray->Offset == BlockSingleData->Offset) {
|
---|
1223 | if ((BlockArray->Width > BlockSingleData->Width) || (BlockSingleData->IsBitVar && BlockArray->Width == BlockSingleData->Width)) {
|
---|
1224 | //
|
---|
1225 | // Insert this block data in the front of block array
|
---|
1226 | //
|
---|
1227 | InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
|
---|
1228 | return;
|
---|
1229 | }
|
---|
1230 |
|
---|
1231 | if ((!BlockSingleData->IsBitVar) && BlockArray->Width == BlockSingleData->Width) {
|
---|
1232 | //
|
---|
1233 | // The same block array has been added.
|
---|
1234 | //
|
---|
1235 | if (BlockSingleData != BlockArray) {
|
---|
1236 | FreePool (BlockSingleData);
|
---|
1237 | *BlockData = BlockArray;
|
---|
1238 | }
|
---|
1239 | return;
|
---|
1240 | }
|
---|
1241 | } else if (BlockArray->Offset > BlockSingleData->Offset) {
|
---|
1242 | //
|
---|
1243 | // Insert new block data in the front of block array
|
---|
1244 | //
|
---|
1245 | InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
|
---|
1246 | return;
|
---|
1247 | }
|
---|
1248 | }
|
---|
1249 |
|
---|
1250 | //
|
---|
1251 | // Add new block data into the tail.
|
---|
1252 | //
|
---|
1253 | InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
|
---|
1254 | }
|
---|
1255 |
|
---|
1256 | /**
|
---|
1257 | Retrieves a pointer to the a Null-terminated ASCII string containing the list
|
---|
1258 | of languages that an HII handle in the HII Database supports. The returned
|
---|
1259 | string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible for freeing
|
---|
1260 | the returned string using FreePool(). The format of the returned string follows
|
---|
1261 | the language format assumed the HII Database.
|
---|
1262 |
|
---|
1263 | If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
|
---|
1264 |
|
---|
1265 | @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database.
|
---|
1266 |
|
---|
1267 | @retval NULL HiiHandle is not registered in the HII database
|
---|
1268 | @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to retrieve the supported
|
---|
1269 | languages.
|
---|
1270 | @retval NULL The list of supported languages could not be retrieved.
|
---|
1271 | @retval Other A pointer to the Null-terminated ASCII string of supported languages.
|
---|
1272 |
|
---|
1273 | **/
|
---|
1274 | CHAR8 *
|
---|
1275 | GetSupportedLanguages (
|
---|
1276 | IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle
|
---|
1277 | )
|
---|
1278 | {
|
---|
1279 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
1280 | UINTN LanguageSize;
|
---|
1281 | CHAR8 TempSupportedLanguages;
|
---|
1282 | CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages;
|
---|
1283 |
|
---|
1284 | ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL);
|
---|
1285 |
|
---|
1286 | //
|
---|
1287 | // Retrieve the size required for the supported languages buffer.
|
---|
1288 | //
|
---|
1289 | LanguageSize = 0;
|
---|
1290 | Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetLanguages (&mPrivate.HiiString, HiiHandle, &TempSupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize);
|
---|
1291 |
|
---|
1292 | //
|
---|
1293 | // If GetLanguages() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
|
---|
1294 | // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetLanguages()
|
---|
1295 | // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present
|
---|
1296 | // in the HII Database
|
---|
1297 | //
|
---|
1298 | if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
|
---|
1299 | //
|
---|
1300 | // Return NULL if the size can not be retrieved, or if HiiHandle is not in the HII Database
|
---|
1301 | //
|
---|
1302 | return NULL;
|
---|
1303 | }
|
---|
1304 |
|
---|
1305 | //
|
---|
1306 | // Allocate the supported languages buffer.
|
---|
1307 | //
|
---|
1308 | SupportedLanguages = AllocateZeroPool (LanguageSize);
|
---|
1309 | if (SupportedLanguages == NULL) {
|
---|
1310 | //
|
---|
1311 | // Return NULL if allocation fails.
|
---|
1312 | //
|
---|
1313 | return NULL;
|
---|
1314 | }
|
---|
1315 |
|
---|
1316 | //
|
---|
1317 | // Retrieve the supported languages string
|
---|
1318 | //
|
---|
1319 | Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetLanguages (&mPrivate.HiiString, HiiHandle, SupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize);
|
---|
1320 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
1321 | //
|
---|
1322 | // Free the buffer and return NULL if the supported languages can not be retrieved.
|
---|
1323 | //
|
---|
1324 | FreePool (SupportedLanguages);
|
---|
1325 | return NULL;
|
---|
1326 | }
|
---|
1327 |
|
---|
1328 | //
|
---|
1329 | // Return the Null-terminated ASCII string of supported languages
|
---|
1330 | //
|
---|
1331 | return SupportedLanguages;
|
---|
1332 | }
|
---|
1333 |
|
---|
1334 | /**
|
---|
1335 | Retrieves a string from a string package.
|
---|
1336 |
|
---|
1337 | If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
|
---|
1338 | If StringId is 0, then ASSET.
|
---|
1339 |
|
---|
1340 | @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database.
|
---|
1341 | @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the string
|
---|
1342 | package associated with HiiHandle.
|
---|
1343 |
|
---|
1344 | @retval NULL The string specified by StringId is not present in the string package.
|
---|
1345 | @retval Other The string was returned.
|
---|
1346 |
|
---|
1347 | **/
|
---|
1348 | EFI_STRING
|
---|
1349 | InternalGetString (
|
---|
1350 | IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
|
---|
1351 | IN EFI_STRING_ID StringId
|
---|
1352 | )
|
---|
1353 | {
|
---|
1354 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
1355 | UINTN StringSize;
|
---|
1356 | CHAR16 TempString;
|
---|
1357 | EFI_STRING String;
|
---|
1358 | CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages;
|
---|
1359 | CHAR8 *PlatformLanguage;
|
---|
1360 | CHAR8 *BestLanguage;
|
---|
1361 | CHAR8 *Language;
|
---|
1362 |
|
---|
1363 | ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL);
|
---|
1364 | ASSERT (StringId != 0);
|
---|
1365 |
|
---|
1366 | //
|
---|
1367 | // Initialize all allocated buffers to NULL
|
---|
1368 | //
|
---|
1369 | SupportedLanguages = NULL;
|
---|
1370 | PlatformLanguage = NULL;
|
---|
1371 | BestLanguage = NULL;
|
---|
1372 | String = NULL;
|
---|
1373 | Language = "";
|
---|
1374 |
|
---|
1375 | //
|
---|
1376 | // Get the languages that the package specified by HiiHandle supports
|
---|
1377 | //
|
---|
1378 | SupportedLanguages = GetSupportedLanguages (HiiHandle);
|
---|
1379 | if (SupportedLanguages == NULL) {
|
---|
1380 | goto Error;
|
---|
1381 | }
|
---|
1382 |
|
---|
1383 | //
|
---|
1384 | // Get the current platform language setting
|
---|
1385 | //
|
---|
1386 | GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLang", (VOID**)&PlatformLanguage, NULL);
|
---|
1387 |
|
---|
1388 | //
|
---|
1389 | // Get the best matching language from SupportedLanguages
|
---|
1390 | //
|
---|
1391 | BestLanguage = GetBestLanguage (
|
---|
1392 | SupportedLanguages,
|
---|
1393 | FALSE, // RFC 4646 mode
|
---|
1394 | Language, // Highest priority
|
---|
1395 | PlatformLanguage != NULL ? PlatformLanguage : "", // Next highest priority
|
---|
1396 | SupportedLanguages, // Lowest priority
|
---|
1397 | NULL
|
---|
1398 | );
|
---|
1399 | if (BestLanguage == NULL) {
|
---|
1400 | goto Error;
|
---|
1401 | }
|
---|
1402 |
|
---|
1403 | //
|
---|
1404 | // Retrieve the size of the string in the string package for the BestLanguage
|
---|
1405 | //
|
---|
1406 | StringSize = 0;
|
---|
1407 | Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetString (
|
---|
1408 | &mPrivate.HiiString,
|
---|
1409 | BestLanguage,
|
---|
1410 | HiiHandle,
|
---|
1411 | StringId,
|
---|
1412 | &TempString,
|
---|
1413 | &StringSize,
|
---|
1414 | NULL
|
---|
1415 | );
|
---|
1416 | //
|
---|
1417 | // If GetString() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
|
---|
1418 | // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetString()
|
---|
1419 | // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present
|
---|
1420 | // in the HII Database
|
---|
1421 | //
|
---|
1422 | if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
|
---|
1423 | goto Error;
|
---|
1424 | }
|
---|
1425 |
|
---|
1426 | //
|
---|
1427 | // Allocate a buffer for the return string
|
---|
1428 | //
|
---|
1429 | String = AllocateZeroPool (StringSize);
|
---|
1430 | if (String == NULL) {
|
---|
1431 | goto Error;
|
---|
1432 | }
|
---|
1433 |
|
---|
1434 | //
|
---|
1435 | // Retrieve the string from the string package
|
---|
1436 | //
|
---|
1437 | Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetString (
|
---|
1438 | &mPrivate.HiiString,
|
---|
1439 | BestLanguage,
|
---|
1440 | HiiHandle,
|
---|
1441 | StringId,
|
---|
1442 | String,
|
---|
1443 | &StringSize,
|
---|
1444 | NULL
|
---|
1445 | );
|
---|
1446 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
1447 | //
|
---|
1448 | // Free the buffer and return NULL if the supported languages can not be retrieved.
|
---|
1449 | //
|
---|
1450 | FreePool (String);
|
---|
1451 | String = NULL;
|
---|
1452 | }
|
---|
1453 |
|
---|
1454 | Error:
|
---|
1455 | //
|
---|
1456 | // Free allocated buffers
|
---|
1457 | //
|
---|
1458 | if (SupportedLanguages != NULL) {
|
---|
1459 | FreePool (SupportedLanguages);
|
---|
1460 | }
|
---|
1461 | if (PlatformLanguage != NULL) {
|
---|
1462 | FreePool (PlatformLanguage);
|
---|
1463 | }
|
---|
1464 | if (BestLanguage != NULL) {
|
---|
1465 | FreePool (BestLanguage);
|
---|
1466 | }
|
---|
1467 |
|
---|
1468 | //
|
---|
1469 | // Return the Null-terminated Unicode string
|
---|
1470 | //
|
---|
1471 | return String;
|
---|
1472 | }
|
---|
1473 |
|
---|
1474 | /**
|
---|
1475 | This function checks VarOffset and VarWidth is in the block range.
|
---|
1476 |
|
---|
1477 | @param RequestBlockArray The block array is to be checked.
|
---|
1478 | @param VarOffset Offset of var to the structure
|
---|
1479 | @param VarWidth Width of var.
|
---|
1480 | @param IsNameValueType Whether this varstore is name/value varstore or not.
|
---|
1481 | @param HiiHandle Hii handle for this hii package.
|
---|
1482 |
|
---|
1483 | @retval TRUE This Var is in the block range.
|
---|
1484 | @retval FALSE This Var is not in the block range.
|
---|
1485 | **/
|
---|
1486 | BOOLEAN
|
---|
1487 | BlockArrayCheck (
|
---|
1488 | IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray,
|
---|
1489 | IN UINT16 VarOffset,
|
---|
1490 | IN UINT16 VarWidth,
|
---|
1491 | IN BOOLEAN IsNameValueType,
|
---|
1492 | IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle
|
---|
1493 | )
|
---|
1494 | {
|
---|
1495 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
1496 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
1497 | EFI_STRING Name;
|
---|
1498 |
|
---|
1499 | //
|
---|
1500 | // No Request Block array, all vars are got.
|
---|
1501 | //
|
---|
1502 | if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
|
---|
1503 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1504 | }
|
---|
1505 |
|
---|
1506 | //
|
---|
1507 | // Check the input var is in the request block range.
|
---|
1508 | //
|
---|
1509 | for (Link = RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &RequestBlockArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
1510 | BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
1511 |
|
---|
1512 | if (IsNameValueType) {
|
---|
1513 | Name = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, VarOffset);
|
---|
1514 | ASSERT (Name != NULL);
|
---|
1515 |
|
---|
1516 | if (StrnCmp (BlockData->Name, Name, StrLen (Name)) == 0) {
|
---|
1517 | FreePool (Name);
|
---|
1518 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1519 | }
|
---|
1520 | FreePool (Name);
|
---|
1521 | } else {
|
---|
1522 | if ((VarOffset >= BlockData->Offset) && ((VarOffset + VarWidth) <= (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width))) {
|
---|
1523 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1524 | }
|
---|
1525 | }
|
---|
1526 | }
|
---|
1527 |
|
---|
1528 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1529 | }
|
---|
1530 |
|
---|
1531 | /**
|
---|
1532 | Get form package data from data base.
|
---|
1533 |
|
---|
1534 | @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
|
---|
1535 | @param HiiFormPackage The buffer saves the package data.
|
---|
1536 | @param PackageSize The buffer size of the package data.
|
---|
1537 |
|
---|
1538 | **/
|
---|
1539 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
1540 | GetFormPackageData (
|
---|
1541 | IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
|
---|
1542 | IN OUT UINT8 **HiiFormPackage,
|
---|
1543 | OUT UINTN *PackageSize
|
---|
1544 | )
|
---|
1545 | {
|
---|
1546 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
1547 | UINTN Size;
|
---|
1548 | UINTN ResultSize;
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | if (DataBaseRecord == NULL || HiiFormPackage == NULL || PackageSize == NULL) {
|
---|
1551 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
1552 | }
|
---|
1553 |
|
---|
1554 | Size = 0;
|
---|
1555 | ResultSize = 0;
|
---|
1556 | //
|
---|
1557 | // 0. Get Hii Form Package by HiiHandle
|
---|
1558 | //
|
---|
1559 | Status = ExportFormPackages (
|
---|
1560 | &mPrivate,
|
---|
1561 | DataBaseRecord->Handle,
|
---|
1562 | DataBaseRecord->PackageList,
|
---|
1563 | 0,
|
---|
1564 | Size,
|
---|
1565 | HiiFormPackage,
|
---|
1566 | &ResultSize
|
---|
1567 | );
|
---|
1568 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
1569 | return Status;
|
---|
1570 | }
|
---|
1571 |
|
---|
1572 | (*HiiFormPackage) = AllocatePool (ResultSize);
|
---|
1573 | if (*HiiFormPackage == NULL) {
|
---|
1574 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1575 | return Status;
|
---|
1576 | }
|
---|
1577 |
|
---|
1578 | //
|
---|
1579 | // Get HiiFormPackage by HiiHandle
|
---|
1580 | //
|
---|
1581 | Size = ResultSize;
|
---|
1582 | ResultSize = 0;
|
---|
1583 | Status = ExportFormPackages (
|
---|
1584 | &mPrivate,
|
---|
1585 | DataBaseRecord->Handle,
|
---|
1586 | DataBaseRecord->PackageList,
|
---|
1587 | 0,
|
---|
1588 | Size,
|
---|
1589 | *HiiFormPackage,
|
---|
1590 | &ResultSize
|
---|
1591 | );
|
---|
1592 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
1593 | FreePool (*HiiFormPackage);
|
---|
1594 | }
|
---|
1595 |
|
---|
1596 | *PackageSize = Size;
|
---|
1597 |
|
---|
1598 | return Status;
|
---|
1599 | }
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 |
|
---|
1602 | /**
|
---|
1603 | This function parses Form Package to get the efi varstore info according to the request ConfigHdr.
|
---|
1604 |
|
---|
1605 | @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
|
---|
1606 | @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL,
|
---|
1607 | the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr.
|
---|
1608 | @param IsEfiVarstore Whether the request storage type is efi varstore type.
|
---|
1609 | @param EfiVarStore The efi varstore info which will return.
|
---|
1610 | **/
|
---|
1611 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
1612 | GetVarStoreType (
|
---|
1613 | IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
|
---|
1614 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr,
|
---|
1615 | OUT BOOLEAN *IsEfiVarstore,
|
---|
1616 | OUT EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI **EfiVarStore
|
---|
1617 | )
|
---|
1618 | {
|
---|
1619 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
1620 | UINTN IfrOffset;
|
---|
1621 | UINTN PackageOffset;
|
---|
1622 | EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
1623 | CHAR16 *VarStoreName;
|
---|
1624 | UINTN NameSize;
|
---|
1625 | EFI_STRING GuidStr;
|
---|
1626 | EFI_STRING NameStr;
|
---|
1627 | EFI_STRING TempStr;
|
---|
1628 | UINTN LengthString;
|
---|
1629 | UINT8 *HiiFormPackage;
|
---|
1630 | UINTN PackageSize;
|
---|
1631 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore;
|
---|
1632 | EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader;
|
---|
1633 |
|
---|
1634 | HiiFormPackage = NULL;
|
---|
1635 | LengthString = 0;
|
---|
1636 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1637 | GuidStr = NULL;
|
---|
1638 | NameStr = NULL;
|
---|
1639 | TempStr = NULL;
|
---|
1640 | *IsEfiVarstore = FALSE;
|
---|
1641 |
|
---|
1642 | Status = GetFormPackageData(DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize);
|
---|
1643 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
1644 | return Status;
|
---|
1645 | }
|
---|
1646 |
|
---|
1647 | IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
1648 | PackageOffset = IfrOffset;
|
---|
1649 | PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) HiiFormPackage;
|
---|
1650 |
|
---|
1651 | while (IfrOffset < PackageSize) {
|
---|
1652 | //
|
---|
1653 | // More than one form packages exist.
|
---|
1654 | //
|
---|
1655 | if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) {
|
---|
1656 | //
|
---|
1657 | // Process the new form package.
|
---|
1658 | //
|
---|
1659 | PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
1660 | IfrOffset += PackageOffset;
|
---|
1661 | PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) (HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
|
---|
1662 | }
|
---|
1663 |
|
---|
1664 | IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
|
---|
1665 | IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
|
---|
1666 | PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
|
---|
1667 |
|
---|
1668 | if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP ) {
|
---|
1669 | IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
1670 | //
|
---|
1671 | // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi
|
---|
1672 | // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from
|
---|
1673 | // GetVariable function.
|
---|
1674 | //
|
---|
1675 | if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) {
|
---|
1676 | continue;
|
---|
1677 | }
|
---|
1678 |
|
---|
1679 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name);
|
---|
1680 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
1681 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
1682 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1683 | goto Done;
|
---|
1684 | }
|
---|
1685 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *) IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
1686 |
|
---|
1687 | GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *) &IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, 1, &GuidStr);
|
---|
1688 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (VarStoreName) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *) VarStoreName, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
1689 | LengthString = StrLen (GuidStr);
|
---|
1690 | LengthString = LengthString + StrLen (NameStr) + 1;
|
---|
1691 | TempStr = AllocateZeroPool (LengthString * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
1692 | if (TempStr == NULL) {
|
---|
1693 | FreePool (GuidStr);
|
---|
1694 | FreePool (NameStr);
|
---|
1695 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
1696 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1697 | goto Done;
|
---|
1698 | }
|
---|
1699 | StrCpyS (TempStr, LengthString, GuidStr);
|
---|
1700 | StrCatS (TempStr, LengthString, NameStr);
|
---|
1701 | if (ConfigHdr == NULL || StrnCmp (ConfigHdr, TempStr, StrLen (TempStr)) == 0) {
|
---|
1702 | *EfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) AllocateZeroPool (IfrOpHdr->Length);
|
---|
1703 | if (*EfiVarStore == NULL) {
|
---|
1704 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
1705 | FreePool (GuidStr);
|
---|
1706 | FreePool (NameStr);
|
---|
1707 | FreePool (TempStr);
|
---|
1708 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
1709 | goto Done;
|
---|
1710 | }
|
---|
1711 | *IsEfiVarstore = TRUE;
|
---|
1712 | CopyMem (*EfiVarStore, IfrEfiVarStore, IfrOpHdr->Length);
|
---|
1713 | }
|
---|
1714 |
|
---|
1715 | //
|
---|
1716 | // Free allocated temp string.
|
---|
1717 | //
|
---|
1718 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
1719 | FreePool (GuidStr);
|
---|
1720 | FreePool (NameStr);
|
---|
1721 | FreePool (TempStr);
|
---|
1722 |
|
---|
1723 | //
|
---|
1724 | // Already found the varstore, break;
|
---|
1725 | //
|
---|
1726 | if (*IsEfiVarstore) {
|
---|
1727 | break;
|
---|
1728 | }
|
---|
1729 | }
|
---|
1730 | }
|
---|
1731 | Done:
|
---|
1732 | if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) {
|
---|
1733 | FreePool (HiiFormPackage);
|
---|
1734 | }
|
---|
1735 |
|
---|
1736 | return Status;
|
---|
1737 | }
|
---|
1738 |
|
---|
1739 | /**
|
---|
1740 | Check whether the ConfigRequest string has the request elements.
|
---|
1741 | For EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER type, the request has "&OFFSET=****&WIDTH=****..." format.
|
---|
1742 | For EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE type, the request has "&NAME1**&NAME2..." format.
|
---|
1743 |
|
---|
1744 | @param ConfigRequest The input config request string.
|
---|
1745 |
|
---|
1746 | @retval TRUE The input include config request elements.
|
---|
1747 | @retval FALSE The input string not includes.
|
---|
1748 |
|
---|
1749 | **/
|
---|
1750 | BOOLEAN
|
---|
1751 | GetElementsFromRequest (
|
---|
1752 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest
|
---|
1753 | )
|
---|
1754 | {
|
---|
1755 | EFI_STRING TmpRequest;
|
---|
1756 |
|
---|
1757 | TmpRequest = StrStr (ConfigRequest, L"PATH=");
|
---|
1758 | ASSERT (TmpRequest != NULL);
|
---|
1759 |
|
---|
1760 | if ((StrStr (TmpRequest, L"&OFFSET=") != NULL) || (StrStr (TmpRequest, L"&") != NULL)) {
|
---|
1761 | return TRUE;
|
---|
1762 | }
|
---|
1763 |
|
---|
1764 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1765 | }
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | /**
|
---|
1768 | Check whether the this varstore is the request varstore.
|
---|
1769 |
|
---|
1770 | @param VarstoreGuid Varstore guid.
|
---|
1771 | @param Name Varstore name.
|
---|
1772 | @param ConfigHdr Current configRequest info.
|
---|
1773 |
|
---|
1774 | @retval TRUE This varstore is the request one.
|
---|
1775 | @retval FALSE This varstore is not the request one.
|
---|
1776 |
|
---|
1777 | **/
|
---|
1778 | BOOLEAN
|
---|
1779 | IsThisVarstore (
|
---|
1780 | IN EFI_GUID *VarstoreGuid,
|
---|
1781 | IN CHAR16 *Name,
|
---|
1782 | IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr
|
---|
1783 | )
|
---|
1784 | {
|
---|
1785 | EFI_STRING GuidStr;
|
---|
1786 | EFI_STRING NameStr;
|
---|
1787 | EFI_STRING TempStr;
|
---|
1788 | UINTN LengthString;
|
---|
1789 | BOOLEAN RetVal;
|
---|
1790 |
|
---|
1791 | RetVal = FALSE;
|
---|
1792 | GuidStr = NULL;
|
---|
1793 | TempStr = NULL;
|
---|
1794 |
|
---|
1795 | //
|
---|
1796 | // If ConfigHdr has name field and varstore not has name, return FALSE.
|
---|
1797 | //
|
---|
1798 | if (Name == NULL && ConfigHdr != NULL && StrStr (ConfigHdr, L"NAME=&") == NULL) {
|
---|
1799 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1800 | }
|
---|
1801 |
|
---|
1802 | GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)VarstoreGuid, 1, &GuidStr);
|
---|
1803 | if (Name != NULL) {
|
---|
1804 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *) Name, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
1805 | } else {
|
---|
1806 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
1807 | }
|
---|
1808 | LengthString = StrLen (GuidStr);
|
---|
1809 | LengthString = LengthString + StrLen (NameStr) + 1;
|
---|
1810 | TempStr = AllocateZeroPool (LengthString * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
1811 | if (TempStr == NULL) {
|
---|
1812 | goto Done;
|
---|
1813 | }
|
---|
1814 |
|
---|
1815 | StrCpyS (TempStr, LengthString, GuidStr);
|
---|
1816 | StrCatS (TempStr, LengthString, NameStr);
|
---|
1817 |
|
---|
1818 | if (ConfigHdr == NULL || StrnCmp (ConfigHdr, TempStr, StrLen (TempStr)) == 0) {
|
---|
1819 | RetVal = TRUE;
|
---|
1820 | }
|
---|
1821 |
|
---|
1822 | Done:
|
---|
1823 | if (GuidStr != NULL) {
|
---|
1824 | FreePool (GuidStr);
|
---|
1825 | }
|
---|
1826 |
|
---|
1827 | if (NameStr != NULL) {
|
---|
1828 | FreePool (NameStr);
|
---|
1829 | }
|
---|
1830 |
|
---|
1831 | if (TempStr != NULL) {
|
---|
1832 | FreePool (TempStr);
|
---|
1833 | }
|
---|
1834 |
|
---|
1835 | return RetVal;
|
---|
1836 | }
|
---|
1837 |
|
---|
1838 | /**
|
---|
1839 | This function parses Form Package to get the efi varstore info according to the request ConfigHdr.
|
---|
1840 |
|
---|
1841 | @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
|
---|
1842 | @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL,
|
---|
1843 | the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr.
|
---|
1844 | @retval TRUE This hii package is the request one.
|
---|
1845 | @retval FALSE This hii package is not the request one.
|
---|
1846 | **/
|
---|
1847 | BOOLEAN
|
---|
1848 | IsThisPackageList (
|
---|
1849 | IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
|
---|
1850 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr
|
---|
1851 | )
|
---|
1852 | {
|
---|
1853 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
1854 | UINTN IfrOffset;
|
---|
1855 | UINTN PackageOffset;
|
---|
1856 | EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
1857 | CHAR16 *VarStoreName;
|
---|
1858 | UINTN NameSize;
|
---|
1859 | UINT8 *HiiFormPackage;
|
---|
1860 | UINTN PackageSize;
|
---|
1861 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore;
|
---|
1862 | EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader;
|
---|
1863 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *IfrVarStore;
|
---|
1864 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *IfrNameValueVarStore;
|
---|
1865 | BOOLEAN FindVarstore;
|
---|
1866 |
|
---|
1867 | HiiFormPackage = NULL;
|
---|
1868 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
1869 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1870 | FindVarstore = FALSE;
|
---|
1871 |
|
---|
1872 | Status = GetFormPackageData(DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize);
|
---|
1873 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
1874 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1875 | }
|
---|
1876 |
|
---|
1877 | IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
1878 | PackageOffset = IfrOffset;
|
---|
1879 | PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) HiiFormPackage;
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | while (IfrOffset < PackageSize) {
|
---|
1882 | //
|
---|
1883 | // More than one form packages exist.
|
---|
1884 | //
|
---|
1885 | if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) {
|
---|
1886 | //
|
---|
1887 | // Process the new form package.
|
---|
1888 | //
|
---|
1889 | PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
1890 | IfrOffset += PackageOffset;
|
---|
1891 | PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) (HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
|
---|
1892 | }
|
---|
1893 |
|
---|
1894 | IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
|
---|
1895 | IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
|
---|
1896 | PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
|
---|
1897 |
|
---|
1898 | switch (IfrOpHdr->OpCode) {
|
---|
1899 |
|
---|
1900 | case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
|
---|
1901 | IfrVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
1902 |
|
---|
1903 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name);
|
---|
1904 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
1905 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
1906 | goto Done;
|
---|
1907 | }
|
---|
1908 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
1909 |
|
---|
1910 | if (IsThisVarstore((VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
|
---|
1911 | FindVarstore = TRUE;
|
---|
1912 | goto Done;
|
---|
1913 | } else {
|
---|
1914 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
1915 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
1916 | }
|
---|
1917 | break;
|
---|
1918 |
|
---|
1919 | case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
|
---|
1920 | IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
1921 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name);
|
---|
1922 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
1923 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
1924 | goto Done;
|
---|
1925 | }
|
---|
1926 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
1927 |
|
---|
1928 | if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
|
---|
1929 | FindVarstore = TRUE;
|
---|
1930 | goto Done;
|
---|
1931 | } else {
|
---|
1932 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
1933 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
1934 | }
|
---|
1935 | break;
|
---|
1936 |
|
---|
1937 | case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP:
|
---|
1938 | IfrNameValueVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
1939 |
|
---|
1940 | if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid, NULL, ConfigHdr)) {
|
---|
1941 | FindVarstore = TRUE;
|
---|
1942 | goto Done;
|
---|
1943 | }
|
---|
1944 | break;
|
---|
1945 |
|
---|
1946 | case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
|
---|
1947 | case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
|
---|
1948 | //
|
---|
1949 | // No matched varstore is found and directly return.
|
---|
1950 | //
|
---|
1951 | goto Done;
|
---|
1952 |
|
---|
1953 | default:
|
---|
1954 | break;
|
---|
1955 | }
|
---|
1956 | }
|
---|
1957 | Done:
|
---|
1958 | if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) {
|
---|
1959 | FreePool (HiiFormPackage);
|
---|
1960 | }
|
---|
1961 |
|
---|
1962 | if (VarStoreName != NULL) {
|
---|
1963 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
1964 | }
|
---|
1965 |
|
---|
1966 | return FindVarstore;
|
---|
1967 | }
|
---|
1968 |
|
---|
1969 | /**
|
---|
1970 | Check whether the this op code is required.
|
---|
1971 |
|
---|
1972 | @param RequestBlockArray The array includes all the request info or NULL.
|
---|
1973 | @param HiiHandle The hii handle for this form package.
|
---|
1974 | @param VarStorageData The varstore data structure.
|
---|
1975 | @param IfrOpHdr Ifr opcode header for this opcode.
|
---|
1976 | @param VarWidth The buffer width for this opcode.
|
---|
1977 | @param ReturnData The data block added for this opcode.
|
---|
1978 | @param IsBitVar Whether the the opcode refers to bit storage.
|
---|
1979 |
|
---|
1980 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS This opcode is required.
|
---|
1981 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND This opcode is not required.
|
---|
1982 | @retval Others Contain some error.
|
---|
1983 |
|
---|
1984 | **/
|
---|
1985 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
1986 | IsThisOpcodeRequired (
|
---|
1987 | IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray,
|
---|
1988 | IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
|
---|
1989 | IN OUT IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
|
---|
1990 | IN EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr,
|
---|
1991 | IN UINT16 VarWidth,
|
---|
1992 | OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA **ReturnData,
|
---|
1993 | IN BOOLEAN IsBitVar
|
---|
1994 | )
|
---|
1995 | {
|
---|
1996 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
1997 | UINT16 VarOffset;
|
---|
1998 | EFI_STRING_ID NameId;
|
---|
1999 | EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *IfrQuestionHdr;
|
---|
2000 | UINT16 BitOffset;
|
---|
2001 | UINT16 BitWidth;
|
---|
2002 | UINT16 TotalBits;
|
---|
2003 |
|
---|
2004 | NameId = 0;
|
---|
2005 | VarOffset = 0;
|
---|
2006 | BitOffset = 0;
|
---|
2007 | BitWidth = 0;
|
---|
2008 | IfrQuestionHdr = (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *) IfrOpHdr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER));
|
---|
2009 |
|
---|
2010 | if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
|
---|
2011 | NameId = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarName;
|
---|
2012 |
|
---|
2013 | //
|
---|
2014 | // Check whether this question is in requested block array.
|
---|
2015 | //
|
---|
2016 | if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, NameId, 0, TRUE, HiiHandle)) {
|
---|
2017 | //
|
---|
2018 | // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it.
|
---|
2019 | //
|
---|
2020 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
2021 | }
|
---|
2022 | } else {
|
---|
2023 | //
|
---|
2024 | // Get the byte offset/with and bit offset/width
|
---|
2025 | //
|
---|
2026 | if (IsBitVar) {
|
---|
2027 | BitOffset = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;
|
---|
2028 | BitWidth = VarWidth;
|
---|
2029 | VarOffset = BitOffset / 8;
|
---|
2030 | //
|
---|
2031 | // Use current bit width and the bit width before current bit (with same byte offset) to calculate the byte width.
|
---|
2032 | //
|
---|
2033 | TotalBits = BitOffset % 8 + BitWidth;
|
---|
2034 | VarWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0 ? TotalBits / 8: TotalBits / 8 + 1);
|
---|
2035 | } else {
|
---|
2036 | VarOffset = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;
|
---|
2037 | BitWidth = VarWidth;
|
---|
2038 | BitOffset = VarOffset * 8;
|
---|
2039 | }
|
---|
2040 |
|
---|
2041 | //
|
---|
2042 | // Check whether this question is in requested block array.
|
---|
2043 | //
|
---|
2044 | if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, VarOffset, VarWidth, FALSE, HiiHandle)) {
|
---|
2045 | //
|
---|
2046 | // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it.
|
---|
2047 | //
|
---|
2048 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
2049 | }
|
---|
2050 |
|
---|
2051 | //
|
---|
2052 | // Check this var question is in the var storage
|
---|
2053 | //
|
---|
2054 | if (((VarOffset + VarWidth) > VarStorageData->Size)) {
|
---|
2055 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2056 | }
|
---|
2057 | }
|
---|
2058 |
|
---|
2059 | BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
|
---|
2060 | if (BlockData == NULL) {
|
---|
2061 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
2062 | }
|
---|
2063 |
|
---|
2064 | if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
|
---|
2065 | BlockData->Name = InternalGetString(HiiHandle, NameId);
|
---|
2066 | } else {
|
---|
2067 | BlockData->Offset = VarOffset;
|
---|
2068 | }
|
---|
2069 |
|
---|
2070 | BlockData->Width = VarWidth;
|
---|
2071 | BlockData->QuestionId = IfrQuestionHdr->QuestionId;
|
---|
2072 | BlockData->OpCode = IfrOpHdr->OpCode;
|
---|
2073 | BlockData->Scope = IfrOpHdr->Scope;
|
---|
2074 | BlockData->IsBitVar = IsBitVar;
|
---|
2075 | BlockData->BitOffset = BitOffset;
|
---|
2076 | BlockData->BitWidth = BitWidth;
|
---|
2077 | InitializeListHead (&BlockData->DefaultValueEntry);
|
---|
2078 | //
|
---|
2079 | // Add Block Data into VarStorageData BlockEntry
|
---|
2080 | //
|
---|
2081 | InsertBlockData (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry, &BlockData);
|
---|
2082 | *ReturnData = BlockData;
|
---|
2083 |
|
---|
2084 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2085 | }
|
---|
2086 |
|
---|
2087 | /**
|
---|
2088 | This function parses Form Package to get the block array and the default
|
---|
2089 | value array according to the request ConfigHdr.
|
---|
2090 |
|
---|
2091 | @param HiiHandle Hii Handle for this hii package.
|
---|
2092 | @param Package Pointer to the form package data.
|
---|
2093 | @param PackageLength Length of the package.
|
---|
2094 | @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL,
|
---|
2095 | the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr.
|
---|
2096 | @param RequestBlockArray The block array is retrieved from the request string.
|
---|
2097 | @param VarStorageData VarStorage structure contains the got block and default value.
|
---|
2098 | @param DefaultIdArray Point to the got default id and default name array.
|
---|
2099 |
|
---|
2100 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The block array and the default value array are got.
|
---|
2101 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The varstore definition in the different form packages
|
---|
2102 | are conflicted.
|
---|
2103 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory.
|
---|
2104 | **/
|
---|
2105 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
2106 | EFIAPI
|
---|
2107 | ParseIfrData (
|
---|
2108 | IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
|
---|
2109 | IN UINT8 *Package,
|
---|
2110 | IN UINT32 PackageLength,
|
---|
2111 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr,
|
---|
2112 | IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray,
|
---|
2113 | IN OUT IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
|
---|
2114 | OUT IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray
|
---|
2115 | )
|
---|
2116 | {
|
---|
2117 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
2118 | UINTN IfrOffset;
|
---|
2119 | UINTN PackageOffset;
|
---|
2120 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *IfrVarStore;
|
---|
2121 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore;
|
---|
2122 | EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2123 | EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *IfrOneOf;
|
---|
2124 | EFI_IFR_REF4 *IfrRef;
|
---|
2125 | EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *IfrOneOfOption;
|
---|
2126 | EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *IfrDefault;
|
---|
2127 | EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *IfrOrderedList;
|
---|
2128 | EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *IfrCheckBox;
|
---|
2129 | EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *IfrPassword;
|
---|
2130 | EFI_IFR_STRING *IfrString;
|
---|
2131 | EFI_IFR_DATE *IfrDate;
|
---|
2132 | EFI_IFR_TIME *IfrTime;
|
---|
2133 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA DefaultData;
|
---|
2134 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultDataPtr;
|
---|
2135 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
2136 | CHAR16 *VarStoreName;
|
---|
2137 | UINTN NameSize;
|
---|
2138 | UINT16 VarWidth;
|
---|
2139 | UINT16 VarDefaultId;
|
---|
2140 | BOOLEAN FirstOneOfOption;
|
---|
2141 | BOOLEAN FirstOrderedList;
|
---|
2142 | LIST_ENTRY *LinkData;
|
---|
2143 | LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault;
|
---|
2144 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *IfrNameValueVarStore;
|
---|
2145 | EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader;
|
---|
2146 | EFI_VARSTORE_ID VarStoreId;
|
---|
2147 | UINT16 SmallestDefaultId;
|
---|
2148 | BOOLEAN SmallestIdFromFlag;
|
---|
2149 | BOOLEAN FromOtherDefaultOpcode;
|
---|
2150 | BOOLEAN QuestionReferBitField;
|
---|
2151 |
|
---|
2152 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2153 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2154 | DefaultDataPtr = NULL;
|
---|
2155 | FirstOneOfOption = FALSE;
|
---|
2156 | VarStoreId = 0;
|
---|
2157 | FirstOrderedList = FALSE;
|
---|
2158 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
2159 | ZeroMem (&DefaultData, sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
|
---|
2160 | SmallestDefaultId = 0xFFFF;
|
---|
2161 | FromOtherDefaultOpcode = FALSE;
|
---|
2162 | QuestionReferBitField = FALSE;
|
---|
2163 |
|
---|
2164 | //
|
---|
2165 | // Go through the form package to parse OpCode one by one.
|
---|
2166 | //
|
---|
2167 | PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
2168 | PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) Package;
|
---|
2169 | IfrOffset = PackageOffset;
|
---|
2170 | while (IfrOffset < PackageLength) {
|
---|
2171 |
|
---|
2172 | //
|
---|
2173 | // More than one form package found.
|
---|
2174 | //
|
---|
2175 | if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) {
|
---|
2176 | //
|
---|
2177 | // Already found varstore for this request, break;
|
---|
2178 | //
|
---|
2179 | if (VarStoreId != 0) {
|
---|
2180 | VarStoreId = 0;
|
---|
2181 | }
|
---|
2182 |
|
---|
2183 | //
|
---|
2184 | // Get next package header info.
|
---|
2185 | //
|
---|
2186 | IfrOffset += sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
2187 | PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
2188 | PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *) (Package + IfrOffset);
|
---|
2189 | }
|
---|
2190 |
|
---|
2191 | IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (Package + IfrOffset);
|
---|
2192 | switch (IfrOpHdr->OpCode) {
|
---|
2193 | case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
|
---|
2194 | //
|
---|
2195 | // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more.
|
---|
2196 | //
|
---|
2197 | if (VarStoreId != 0) {
|
---|
2198 | break;
|
---|
2199 | }
|
---|
2200 |
|
---|
2201 | IfrVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name);
|
---|
2204 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
2205 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
2206 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
2207 | goto Done;
|
---|
2208 | }
|
---|
2209 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
2210 |
|
---|
2211 | if (IsThisVarstore((VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
|
---|
2212 | //
|
---|
2213 | // Find the matched VarStore
|
---|
2214 | //
|
---|
2215 | CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *) (VOID *) &IfrVarStore->Guid);
|
---|
2216 | VarStorageData->Size = IfrVarStore->Size;
|
---|
2217 | VarStorageData->Name = VarStoreName;
|
---|
2218 | VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER;
|
---|
2219 | VarStoreId = IfrVarStore->VarStoreId;
|
---|
2220 | } else {
|
---|
2221 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
2222 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
2223 | }
|
---|
2224 | break;
|
---|
2225 |
|
---|
2226 | case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
|
---|
2227 | //
|
---|
2228 | // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more.
|
---|
2229 | //
|
---|
2230 | if (VarStoreId != 0) {
|
---|
2231 | break;
|
---|
2232 | }
|
---|
2233 |
|
---|
2234 | IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2235 |
|
---|
2236 | //
|
---|
2237 | // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi
|
---|
2238 | // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from
|
---|
2239 | // GetVariable function.
|
---|
2240 | //
|
---|
2241 | if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) {
|
---|
2242 | break;
|
---|
2243 | }
|
---|
2244 |
|
---|
2245 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name);
|
---|
2246 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
2247 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
2248 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
2249 | goto Done;
|
---|
2250 | }
|
---|
2251 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
2252 |
|
---|
2253 | if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
|
---|
2254 | //
|
---|
2255 | // Find the matched VarStore
|
---|
2256 | //
|
---|
2257 | CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *) (VOID *) &IfrEfiVarStore->Guid);
|
---|
2258 | VarStorageData->Size = IfrEfiVarStore->Size;
|
---|
2259 | VarStorageData->Name = VarStoreName;
|
---|
2260 | VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE_BUFFER;
|
---|
2261 | VarStoreId = IfrEfiVarStore->VarStoreId;
|
---|
2262 | } else {
|
---|
2263 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
2264 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
2265 | }
|
---|
2266 | break;
|
---|
2267 |
|
---|
2268 | case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP:
|
---|
2269 | //
|
---|
2270 | // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more.
|
---|
2271 | //
|
---|
2272 | if (VarStoreId != 0) {
|
---|
2273 | break;
|
---|
2274 | }
|
---|
2275 |
|
---|
2276 | IfrNameValueVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2277 |
|
---|
2278 | if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid, NULL, ConfigHdr)) {
|
---|
2279 | //
|
---|
2280 | // Find the matched VarStore
|
---|
2281 | //
|
---|
2282 | CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *) (VOID *) &IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid);
|
---|
2283 | VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE;
|
---|
2284 | VarStoreId = IfrNameValueVarStore->VarStoreId;
|
---|
2285 | }
|
---|
2286 | break;
|
---|
2287 |
|
---|
2288 | case EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE_OP:
|
---|
2289 | //
|
---|
2290 | // Add new the map between default id and default name.
|
---|
2291 | //
|
---|
2292 | DefaultDataPtr = (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
|
---|
2293 | if (DefaultDataPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
2294 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
2295 | goto Done;
|
---|
2296 | }
|
---|
2297 | DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId = ((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *) IfrOpHdr)->DefaultId;
|
---|
2298 | InsertTailList (&DefaultIdArray->Entry, &DefaultDataPtr->Entry);
|
---|
2299 | DefaultDataPtr = NULL;
|
---|
2300 | break;
|
---|
2301 |
|
---|
2302 | case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
|
---|
2303 | case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
|
---|
2304 | //
|
---|
2305 | // No matched varstore is found and directly return.
|
---|
2306 | //
|
---|
2307 | if ( VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2308 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2309 | goto Done;
|
---|
2310 | }
|
---|
2311 | break;
|
---|
2312 |
|
---|
2313 | case EFI_IFR_REF_OP:
|
---|
2314 | //
|
---|
2315 | // Ref question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2316 | //
|
---|
2317 | if ( VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2318 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2319 | goto Done;
|
---|
2320 | }
|
---|
2321 | //
|
---|
2322 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2323 | //
|
---|
2324 | IfrRef = (EFI_IFR_REF4 *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2325 | if (IfrRef->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2326 | break;
|
---|
2327 | }
|
---|
2328 | VarWidth = (UINT16) (sizeof (EFI_HII_REF));
|
---|
2329 |
|
---|
2330 | //
|
---|
2331 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2332 | //
|
---|
2333 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2334 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2335 | }
|
---|
2336 |
|
---|
2337 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
|
---|
2338 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2339 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2340 | //
|
---|
2341 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2342 | //
|
---|
2343 | break;
|
---|
2344 | }
|
---|
2345 | goto Done;
|
---|
2346 | }
|
---|
2347 | break;
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 | case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
|
---|
2350 | case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:
|
---|
2351 | //
|
---|
2352 | // Numeric and OneOf has the same opcode structure.
|
---|
2353 | //
|
---|
2354 |
|
---|
2355 | //
|
---|
2356 | // Numeric and OneOf question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2357 | //
|
---|
2358 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2359 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2360 | goto Done;
|
---|
2361 | }
|
---|
2362 | //
|
---|
2363 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2364 | //
|
---|
2365 | IfrOneOf = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2366 | if (IfrOneOf->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2367 | break;
|
---|
2368 | }
|
---|
2369 |
|
---|
2370 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2371 | VarWidth = IfrOneOf->Flags & EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT;
|
---|
2372 | } else {
|
---|
2373 | VarWidth = (UINT16) (1 << (IfrOneOf->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE));
|
---|
2374 | }
|
---|
2375 |
|
---|
2376 | //
|
---|
2377 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2378 | //
|
---|
2379 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2380 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2381 | }
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, QuestionReferBitField);
|
---|
2384 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2385 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2386 | //
|
---|
2387 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2388 | //
|
---|
2389 | break;
|
---|
2390 | }
|
---|
2391 | goto Done;
|
---|
2392 | }
|
---|
2393 |
|
---|
2394 | //
|
---|
2395 | //when go to there,BlockData can't be NULLL.
|
---|
2396 | //
|
---|
2397 | ASSERT (BlockData != NULL);
|
---|
2398 |
|
---|
2399 | if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) {
|
---|
2400 | //
|
---|
2401 | // Set this flag to TRUE for the first oneof option.
|
---|
2402 | //
|
---|
2403 | FirstOneOfOption = TRUE;
|
---|
2404 | } else if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) {
|
---|
2405 | //
|
---|
2406 | // Numeric minimum value will be used as default value when no default is specified.
|
---|
2407 | //
|
---|
2408 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault;
|
---|
2409 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2410 | //
|
---|
2411 | // Since default value in bit field was stored as UINT32 type.
|
---|
2412 | //
|
---|
2413 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrOneOf->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32));
|
---|
2414 | } else {
|
---|
2415 | switch (IfrOneOf->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE) {
|
---|
2416 | case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1:
|
---|
2417 | DefaultData.Value.u8 = IfrOneOf->data.u8.MinValue;
|
---|
2418 | break;
|
---|
2419 |
|
---|
2420 | case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2:
|
---|
2421 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u16, &IfrOneOf->data.u16.MinValue, sizeof (UINT16));
|
---|
2422 | break;
|
---|
2423 |
|
---|
2424 | case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_4:
|
---|
2425 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrOneOf->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32));
|
---|
2426 | break;
|
---|
2427 |
|
---|
2428 | case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_8:
|
---|
2429 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u64, &IfrOneOf->data.u64.MinValue, sizeof (UINT64));
|
---|
2430 | break;
|
---|
2431 |
|
---|
2432 | default:
|
---|
2433 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2434 | goto Done;
|
---|
2435 | }
|
---|
2436 | }
|
---|
2437 | //
|
---|
2438 | // Set default value base on the DefaultId list get from IFR data.
|
---|
2439 | //
|
---|
2440 | for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
2441 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
2442 | DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
|
---|
2443 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2444 | }
|
---|
2445 | }
|
---|
2446 | break;
|
---|
2447 |
|
---|
2448 | case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
|
---|
2449 | //
|
---|
2450 | // offset by question header
|
---|
2451 | // width by EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST MaxContainers * OneofOption Type
|
---|
2452 | //
|
---|
2453 |
|
---|
2454 | FirstOrderedList = TRUE;
|
---|
2455 | //
|
---|
2456 | // OrderedList question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2457 | //
|
---|
2458 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2459 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2460 | goto Done;
|
---|
2461 | }
|
---|
2462 | //
|
---|
2463 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2464 | //
|
---|
2465 | IfrOrderedList = (EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2466 | if (IfrOrderedList->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2467 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2468 | break;
|
---|
2469 | }
|
---|
2470 | VarWidth = IfrOrderedList->MaxContainers;
|
---|
2471 |
|
---|
2472 | //
|
---|
2473 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2474 | //
|
---|
2475 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2476 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2477 | }
|
---|
2478 |
|
---|
2479 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
|
---|
2480 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2481 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2482 | //
|
---|
2483 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2484 | //
|
---|
2485 | break;
|
---|
2486 | }
|
---|
2487 | goto Done;
|
---|
2488 | }
|
---|
2489 | break;
|
---|
2490 |
|
---|
2491 | case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:
|
---|
2492 | //
|
---|
2493 | // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP
|
---|
2494 | // offset by question header
|
---|
2495 | // width is 1 sizeof (BOOLEAN)
|
---|
2496 | // default id by CheckBox Flags if CheckBox flags (Default or Mau) is set, the default value is 1 to be set.
|
---|
2497 | // value by DefaultOption
|
---|
2498 | // default id by DeaultOption DefaultId can override CheckBox Flags and Default value.
|
---|
2499 | //
|
---|
2500 |
|
---|
2501 | //
|
---|
2502 | // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2503 | //
|
---|
2504 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2505 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2506 | goto Done;
|
---|
2507 | }
|
---|
2508 | //
|
---|
2509 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2510 | //
|
---|
2511 | IfrCheckBox = (EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2512 | if (IfrCheckBox->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2513 | break;
|
---|
2514 | }
|
---|
2515 | VarWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (BOOLEAN);
|
---|
2516 |
|
---|
2517 | //
|
---|
2518 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2519 | //
|
---|
2520 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2521 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2522 | }
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2525 | VarWidth = 1;
|
---|
2526 | }
|
---|
2527 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, QuestionReferBitField);
|
---|
2528 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2529 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2530 | //
|
---|
2531 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2532 | //
|
---|
2533 | break;
|
---|
2534 | }
|
---|
2535 | goto Done;
|
---|
2536 | }
|
---|
2537 |
|
---|
2538 | //
|
---|
2539 | //when go to there,BlockData can't be NULLL.
|
---|
2540 | //
|
---|
2541 | ASSERT (BlockData != NULL);
|
---|
2542 |
|
---|
2543 | SmallestIdFromFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
2544 |
|
---|
2545 | //
|
---|
2546 | // Add default value for standard ID by CheckBox Flag
|
---|
2547 | //
|
---|
2548 | VarDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
|
---|
2549 | //
|
---|
2550 | // Prepare new DefaultValue
|
---|
2551 | //
|
---|
2552 | DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId;
|
---|
2553 | if ((IfrCheckBox->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) {
|
---|
2554 | //
|
---|
2555 | // When flag is set, default value is TRUE.
|
---|
2556 | //
|
---|
2557 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag;
|
---|
2558 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2559 | DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE;
|
---|
2560 | } else {
|
---|
2561 | DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE;
|
---|
2562 | }
|
---|
2563 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2564 |
|
---|
2565 | if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) {
|
---|
2566 | //
|
---|
2567 | // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
|
---|
2568 | //
|
---|
2569 | SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
|
---|
2570 | SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
2571 | }
|
---|
2572 | }
|
---|
2573 |
|
---|
2574 | //
|
---|
2575 | // Add default value for Manufacture ID by CheckBox Flag
|
---|
2576 | //
|
---|
2577 | VarDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
|
---|
2578 | //
|
---|
2579 | // Prepare new DefaultValue
|
---|
2580 | //
|
---|
2581 | DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId;
|
---|
2582 | if ((IfrCheckBox->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) {
|
---|
2583 | //
|
---|
2584 | // When flag is set, default value is TRUE.
|
---|
2585 | //
|
---|
2586 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag;
|
---|
2587 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2588 | DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE;
|
---|
2589 | } else {
|
---|
2590 | DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE;
|
---|
2591 | }
|
---|
2592 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2593 |
|
---|
2594 | if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) {
|
---|
2595 | //
|
---|
2596 | // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
|
---|
2597 | //
|
---|
2598 | SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
|
---|
2599 | SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
2600 | }
|
---|
2601 | }
|
---|
2602 | if (SmallestIdFromFlag) {
|
---|
2603 | //
|
---|
2604 | // When smallest default Id is given by the flag of CheckBox, set default value with TRUE for other default Id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
2605 | //
|
---|
2606 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault;
|
---|
2607 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2608 | DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE;
|
---|
2609 | } else {
|
---|
2610 | DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE;
|
---|
2611 | }
|
---|
2612 | //
|
---|
2613 | // Set default value for all the default id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
2614 | //
|
---|
2615 | for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
2616 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
2617 | DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
|
---|
2618 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2619 | }
|
---|
2620 | } else {
|
---|
2621 | //
|
---|
2622 | // When flag is not set, default value is FASLE.
|
---|
2623 | //
|
---|
2624 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault;
|
---|
2625 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2626 | DefaultData.Value.u32 = FALSE;
|
---|
2627 | } else {
|
---|
2628 | DefaultData.Value.b = FALSE;
|
---|
2629 | }
|
---|
2630 | //
|
---|
2631 | // Set default value for all the default id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
2632 | //
|
---|
2633 | for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
2634 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
2635 | DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
|
---|
2636 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2637 | }
|
---|
2638 | }
|
---|
2639 | break;
|
---|
2640 |
|
---|
2641 | case EFI_IFR_DATE_OP:
|
---|
2642 | //
|
---|
2643 | // offset by question header
|
---|
2644 | // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
|
---|
2645 | // no default value, only block array
|
---|
2646 | //
|
---|
2647 |
|
---|
2648 | //
|
---|
2649 | // Date question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2650 | //
|
---|
2651 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2652 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2653 | goto Done;
|
---|
2654 | }
|
---|
2655 | //
|
---|
2656 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2657 | //
|
---|
2658 | IfrDate = (EFI_IFR_DATE *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2659 | if (IfrDate->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2660 | break;
|
---|
2661 | }
|
---|
2662 |
|
---|
2663 | //
|
---|
2664 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2665 | //
|
---|
2666 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2667 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2668 | }
|
---|
2669 |
|
---|
2670 | VarWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_DATE);
|
---|
2671 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
|
---|
2672 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2673 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2674 | //
|
---|
2675 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2676 | //
|
---|
2677 | break;
|
---|
2678 | }
|
---|
2679 | goto Done;
|
---|
2680 | }
|
---|
2681 | break;
|
---|
2682 |
|
---|
2683 | case EFI_IFR_TIME_OP:
|
---|
2684 | //
|
---|
2685 | // offset by question header
|
---|
2686 | // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
|
---|
2687 | // no default value, only block array
|
---|
2688 | //
|
---|
2689 |
|
---|
2690 | //
|
---|
2691 | // Time question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2692 | //
|
---|
2693 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2694 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2695 | goto Done;
|
---|
2696 | }
|
---|
2697 | //
|
---|
2698 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2699 | //
|
---|
2700 | IfrTime = (EFI_IFR_TIME *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2701 | if (IfrTime->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2702 | break;
|
---|
2703 | }
|
---|
2704 |
|
---|
2705 | //
|
---|
2706 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2707 | //
|
---|
2708 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2709 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2710 | }
|
---|
2711 |
|
---|
2712 | VarWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_TIME);
|
---|
2713 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
|
---|
2714 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2715 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2716 | //
|
---|
2717 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2718 | //
|
---|
2719 | break;
|
---|
2720 | }
|
---|
2721 | goto Done;
|
---|
2722 | }
|
---|
2723 | break;
|
---|
2724 |
|
---|
2725 | case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP:
|
---|
2726 | //
|
---|
2727 | // offset by question header
|
---|
2728 | // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
|
---|
2729 | // no default value, only block array
|
---|
2730 | //
|
---|
2731 |
|
---|
2732 | //
|
---|
2733 | // String question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2734 | //
|
---|
2735 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2736 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2737 | goto Done;
|
---|
2738 | }
|
---|
2739 | //
|
---|
2740 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2741 | //
|
---|
2742 | IfrString = (EFI_IFR_STRING *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2743 | if (IfrString->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2744 | break;
|
---|
2745 | }
|
---|
2746 |
|
---|
2747 | //
|
---|
2748 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2749 | //
|
---|
2750 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2751 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2752 | }
|
---|
2753 |
|
---|
2754 | VarWidth = (UINT16) (IfrString->MaxSize * sizeof (UINT16));
|
---|
2755 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
|
---|
2756 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2757 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2758 | //
|
---|
2759 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2760 | //
|
---|
2761 | break;
|
---|
2762 | }
|
---|
2763 | goto Done;
|
---|
2764 | }
|
---|
2765 | break;
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | case EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP:
|
---|
2768 | //
|
---|
2769 | // offset by question header
|
---|
2770 | // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
|
---|
2771 | // no default value, only block array
|
---|
2772 | //
|
---|
2773 |
|
---|
2774 | //
|
---|
2775 | // Password question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
|
---|
2776 | //
|
---|
2777 | if (VarStoreId == 0) {
|
---|
2778 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2779 | goto Done;
|
---|
2780 | }
|
---|
2781 | //
|
---|
2782 | // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
|
---|
2783 | //
|
---|
2784 | IfrPassword = (EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2785 | if (IfrPassword->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
|
---|
2786 | break;
|
---|
2787 | }
|
---|
2788 |
|
---|
2789 | //
|
---|
2790 | // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
|
---|
2791 | //
|
---|
2792 | if (BlockData != NULL){
|
---|
2793 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2794 | }
|
---|
2795 |
|
---|
2796 | VarWidth = (UINT16) (IfrPassword->MaxSize * sizeof (UINT16));
|
---|
2797 | Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired(RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
|
---|
2798 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
2799 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
2800 | //
|
---|
2801 | //The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
|
---|
2802 | //
|
---|
2803 | break;
|
---|
2804 | }
|
---|
2805 | goto Done;
|
---|
2806 | }
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 | //
|
---|
2809 | // No default value for string.
|
---|
2810 | //
|
---|
2811 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2812 | break;
|
---|
2813 |
|
---|
2814 | case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:
|
---|
2815 | //
|
---|
2816 | // No matched block data is ignored.
|
---|
2817 | //
|
---|
2818 | if (BlockData == NULL || BlockData->Scope == 0) {
|
---|
2819 | break;
|
---|
2820 | }
|
---|
2821 |
|
---|
2822 | IfrOneOfOption = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2823 | if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) {
|
---|
2824 |
|
---|
2825 | if (!FirstOrderedList){
|
---|
2826 | break;
|
---|
2827 | }
|
---|
2828 | //
|
---|
2829 | // Get ordered list option data type.
|
---|
2830 | //
|
---|
2831 | if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8 || IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
|
---|
2832 | VarWidth = 1;
|
---|
2833 | } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16) {
|
---|
2834 | VarWidth = 2;
|
---|
2835 | } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32) {
|
---|
2836 | VarWidth = 4;
|
---|
2837 | } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
|
---|
2838 | VarWidth = 8;
|
---|
2839 | } else {
|
---|
2840 | //
|
---|
2841 | // Invalid ordered list option data type.
|
---|
2842 | //
|
---|
2843 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2844 | if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
2845 | FreePool (BlockData->Name);
|
---|
2846 | }
|
---|
2847 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
2848 | goto Done;
|
---|
2849 | }
|
---|
2850 |
|
---|
2851 | //
|
---|
2852 | // Calculate Ordered list QuestionId width.
|
---|
2853 | //
|
---|
2854 | BlockData->Width = (UINT16) (BlockData->Width * VarWidth);
|
---|
2855 | //
|
---|
2856 | // Check whether this question is in requested block array.
|
---|
2857 | //
|
---|
2858 | if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, BlockData->Offset, BlockData->Width, (BOOLEAN)(BlockData->Name != NULL), HiiHandle)) {
|
---|
2859 | //
|
---|
2860 | // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it.
|
---|
2861 | //
|
---|
2862 | if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
2863 | FreePool (BlockData->Name);
|
---|
2864 | }
|
---|
2865 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
2866 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
2867 | break;
|
---|
2868 | }
|
---|
2869 | //
|
---|
2870 | // Check this var question is in the var storage
|
---|
2871 | //
|
---|
2872 | if ((BlockData->Name == NULL) && ((BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width) > VarStorageData->Size)) {
|
---|
2873 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
2874 | if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
2875 | FreePool (BlockData->Name);
|
---|
2876 | }
|
---|
2877 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
2878 | goto Done;
|
---|
2879 | }
|
---|
2880 | //
|
---|
2881 | // Add Block Data into VarStorageData BlockEntry
|
---|
2882 | //
|
---|
2883 | InsertBlockData (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry, &BlockData);
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | FirstOrderedList = FALSE;
|
---|
2886 |
|
---|
2887 | break;
|
---|
2888 | }
|
---|
2889 |
|
---|
2890 | //
|
---|
2891 | // 1. Set default value for OneOf option when flag field has default attribute.
|
---|
2892 | // And set the default value with the smallest default id for other default id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
2893 | //
|
---|
2894 | if (((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) ||
|
---|
2895 | ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG)) {
|
---|
2896 | //
|
---|
2897 | // This flag is used to specify whether this option is the first. Set it to FALSE for the following options.
|
---|
2898 | // The first oneof option value will be used as default value when no default value is specified.
|
---|
2899 | //
|
---|
2900 | FirstOneOfOption = FALSE;
|
---|
2901 |
|
---|
2902 | SmallestIdFromFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
2903 |
|
---|
2904 | // Prepare new DefaultValue
|
---|
2905 | //
|
---|
2906 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag;
|
---|
2907 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrOneOfOption->Value, IfrOneOfOption->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));
|
---|
2908 | if ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) {
|
---|
2909 | DefaultData.DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
|
---|
2910 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2911 | if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) {
|
---|
2912 | //
|
---|
2913 | // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
|
---|
2914 | //
|
---|
2915 | SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
|
---|
2916 | SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
2917 | }
|
---|
2918 | }
|
---|
2919 | if ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) {
|
---|
2920 | DefaultData.DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
|
---|
2921 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2922 | if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) {
|
---|
2923 | //
|
---|
2924 | // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
|
---|
2925 | //
|
---|
2926 | SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
|
---|
2927 | SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
2928 | }
|
---|
2929 | }
|
---|
2930 |
|
---|
2931 | if (SmallestIdFromFlag) {
|
---|
2932 | //
|
---|
2933 | // When smallest default Id is given by the flag of oneofOption, set this option value for other default Id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
2934 | //
|
---|
2935 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault;
|
---|
2936 | //
|
---|
2937 | // Set default value for other default id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
2938 | //
|
---|
2939 | for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
2940 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
2941 | DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
|
---|
2942 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2943 | }
|
---|
2944 | }
|
---|
2945 | }
|
---|
2946 |
|
---|
2947 | //
|
---|
2948 | // 2. Set as the default value when this is the first option.
|
---|
2949 | // The first oneof option value will be used as default value when no default value is specified.
|
---|
2950 | //
|
---|
2951 | if (FirstOneOfOption) {
|
---|
2952 | // This flag is used to specify whether this option is the first. Set it to FALSE for the following options.
|
---|
2953 | FirstOneOfOption = FALSE;
|
---|
2954 |
|
---|
2955 | //
|
---|
2956 | // Prepare new DefaultValue
|
---|
2957 | //
|
---|
2958 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault;
|
---|
2959 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrOneOfOption->Value, IfrOneOfOption->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));
|
---|
2960 | for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
2961 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
2962 | DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
|
---|
2963 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
2964 | }
|
---|
2965 | }
|
---|
2966 | break;
|
---|
2967 |
|
---|
2968 | case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP:
|
---|
2969 | //
|
---|
2970 | // Update Current BlockData to the default value.
|
---|
2971 | //
|
---|
2972 | if (BlockData == NULL || BlockData->Scope == 0) {
|
---|
2973 | //
|
---|
2974 | // No matched block data is ignored.
|
---|
2975 | //
|
---|
2976 | break;
|
---|
2977 | }
|
---|
2978 |
|
---|
2979 | //
|
---|
2980 | // Get the DefaultId
|
---|
2981 | //
|
---|
2982 | IfrDefault = (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *) IfrOpHdr;
|
---|
2983 | VarDefaultId = IfrDefault->DefaultId;
|
---|
2984 | //
|
---|
2985 | // Prepare new DefaultValue
|
---|
2986 | //
|
---|
2987 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOpcode;
|
---|
2988 | DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId;
|
---|
2989 | if (QuestionReferBitField) {
|
---|
2990 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrDefault->Value.u32, sizeof (UINT32));
|
---|
2991 | } else {
|
---|
2992 | CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrDefault->Value, IfrDefault->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value));
|
---|
2993 | }
|
---|
2994 |
|
---|
2995 | // If the value field is expression, set the cleaned flag.
|
---|
2996 | if (IfrDefault->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) {
|
---|
2997 | DefaultData.Cleaned = TRUE;
|
---|
2998 | }
|
---|
2999 | //
|
---|
3000 | // Add DefaultValue into current BlockData
|
---|
3001 | //
|
---|
3002 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
3003 |
|
---|
3004 | //
|
---|
3005 | // Set default value for other default id in the DefaultId list.
|
---|
3006 | // when SmallestDefaultId == VarDefaultId means there are two defaults with same default Id.
|
---|
3007 | // If the two defaults are both from default opcode, use the first default as the default value of other default Id.
|
---|
3008 | // If one from flag and the other form default opcode, use the default opcode value as the default value of other default Id.
|
---|
3009 | //
|
---|
3010 | if ((SmallestDefaultId > VarDefaultId) || (SmallestDefaultId == VarDefaultId && !FromOtherDefaultOpcode)) {
|
---|
3011 | FromOtherDefaultOpcode = TRUE;
|
---|
3012 | SmallestDefaultId = VarDefaultId;
|
---|
3013 | for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3014 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3015 | if (DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId != DefaultData.DefaultId){
|
---|
3016 | DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault;
|
---|
3017 | DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
|
---|
3018 | InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
|
---|
3019 | }
|
---|
3020 | }
|
---|
3021 | }
|
---|
3022 |
|
---|
3023 | //
|
---|
3024 | // After insert the default value, reset the cleaned value for next
|
---|
3025 | // time used. If not set here, need to set the value before every time.
|
---|
3026 | // use it.
|
---|
3027 | //
|
---|
3028 | DefaultData.Cleaned = FALSE;
|
---|
3029 | break;
|
---|
3030 |
|
---|
3031 | case EFI_IFR_END_OP:
|
---|
3032 | //
|
---|
3033 | // End Opcode is for Var question.
|
---|
3034 | //
|
---|
3035 | QuestionReferBitField = FALSE;
|
---|
3036 | if (BlockData != NULL) {
|
---|
3037 | if (BlockData->Scope > 0) {
|
---|
3038 | BlockData->Scope--;
|
---|
3039 | }
|
---|
3040 | if (BlockData->Scope == 0) {
|
---|
3041 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
3042 | //
|
---|
3043 | // when finishing parsing a question, clean the SmallestDefaultId and GetDefaultFromDefaultOpcode.
|
---|
3044 | //
|
---|
3045 | SmallestDefaultId = 0xFFFF;
|
---|
3046 | FromOtherDefaultOpcode = FALSE;
|
---|
3047 | }
|
---|
3048 | }
|
---|
3049 |
|
---|
3050 | break;
|
---|
3051 |
|
---|
3052 | case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP:
|
---|
3053 | if (CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)((UINT8 *)IfrOpHdr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)), &gEdkiiIfrBitVarstoreGuid)) {
|
---|
3054 | QuestionReferBitField = TRUE;
|
---|
3055 | }
|
---|
3056 | break;
|
---|
3057 |
|
---|
3058 | default:
|
---|
3059 | if (BlockData != NULL) {
|
---|
3060 | if (BlockData->Scope > 0) {
|
---|
3061 | BlockData->Scope = (UINT8) (BlockData->Scope + IfrOpHdr->Scope);
|
---|
3062 | }
|
---|
3063 |
|
---|
3064 | if (BlockData->Scope == 0) {
|
---|
3065 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
3066 | }
|
---|
3067 | }
|
---|
3068 | break;
|
---|
3069 | }
|
---|
3070 |
|
---|
3071 | IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
|
---|
3072 | PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
|
---|
3073 | }
|
---|
3074 |
|
---|
3075 | //
|
---|
3076 | //if Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND, just means the opcode is not required,not contain any error,
|
---|
3077 | //so set the Status to EFI_SUCCESS.
|
---|
3078 | //
|
---|
3079 | if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND){
|
---|
3080 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3081 | }
|
---|
3082 |
|
---|
3083 | Done:
|
---|
3084 | for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3085 | BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3086 | for (LinkDefault = BlockData->DefaultValueEntry.ForwardLink; LinkDefault != &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; ) {
|
---|
3087 | DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3088 | LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink;
|
---|
3089 | if (DefaultDataPtr->Cleaned == TRUE) {
|
---|
3090 | RemoveEntryList (&DefaultDataPtr->Entry);
|
---|
3091 | FreePool (DefaultDataPtr);
|
---|
3092 | }
|
---|
3093 | }
|
---|
3094 | }
|
---|
3095 |
|
---|
3096 | return Status;
|
---|
3097 | }
|
---|
3098 |
|
---|
3099 | /**
|
---|
3100 | parse the configrequest string, get the elements.
|
---|
3101 |
|
---|
3102 | @param ConfigRequest The input configrequest string.
|
---|
3103 | @param Progress Return the progress data.
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | @retval Block data pointer.
|
---|
3106 | **/
|
---|
3107 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *
|
---|
3108 | GetBlockElement (
|
---|
3109 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest,
|
---|
3110 | OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
|
---|
3111 | )
|
---|
3112 | {
|
---|
3113 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
3114 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
3115 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray;
|
---|
3116 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
3117 | UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
|
---|
3118 | UINT16 Offset;
|
---|
3119 | UINT16 Width;
|
---|
3120 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
3121 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *NextBlockData;
|
---|
3122 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
3123 |
|
---|
3124 | TmpBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
3125 |
|
---|
3126 | //
|
---|
3127 | // Init RequestBlockArray
|
---|
3128 | //
|
---|
3129 | RequestBlockArray = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
|
---|
3130 | if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
|
---|
3131 | goto Done;
|
---|
3132 | }
|
---|
3133 | InitializeListHead (&RequestBlockArray->Entry);
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | //
|
---|
3136 | // Get the request Block array from the request string
|
---|
3137 | // Offset and Width
|
---|
3138 | //
|
---|
3139 |
|
---|
3140 | //
|
---|
3141 | // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists
|
---|
3142 | // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function.
|
---|
3143 | // <BlockName> ::= &'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>
|
---|
3144 | //
|
---|
3145 | StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
3146 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) {
|
---|
3147 | //
|
---|
3148 | // Skip the OFFSET string
|
---|
3149 | //
|
---|
3150 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
3151 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
3152 | //
|
---|
3153 | // Get Offset
|
---|
3154 | //
|
---|
3155 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
3156 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
3157 | goto Done;
|
---|
3158 | }
|
---|
3159 | Offset = 0;
|
---|
3160 | CopyMem (
|
---|
3161 | &Offset,
|
---|
3162 | TmpBuffer,
|
---|
3163 | (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINT16)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINT16)
|
---|
3164 | );
|
---|
3165 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
3166 |
|
---|
3167 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
3168 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
3169 | goto Done;
|
---|
3170 | }
|
---|
3171 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
|
---|
3172 |
|
---|
3173 | //
|
---|
3174 | // Get Width
|
---|
3175 | //
|
---|
3176 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
3177 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
3178 | goto Done;
|
---|
3179 | }
|
---|
3180 | Width = 0;
|
---|
3181 | CopyMem (
|
---|
3182 | &Width,
|
---|
3183 | TmpBuffer,
|
---|
3184 | (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINT16)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINT16)
|
---|
3185 | );
|
---|
3186 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
3187 |
|
---|
3188 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
3189 | if (*StringPtr != 0 && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
3190 | goto Done;
|
---|
3191 | }
|
---|
3192 |
|
---|
3193 | //
|
---|
3194 | // Set Block Data
|
---|
3195 | //
|
---|
3196 | BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
|
---|
3197 | if (BlockData == NULL) {
|
---|
3198 | goto Done;
|
---|
3199 | }
|
---|
3200 | BlockData->Offset = Offset;
|
---|
3201 | BlockData->Width = Width;
|
---|
3202 | InsertBlockData (&RequestBlockArray->Entry, &BlockData);
|
---|
3203 |
|
---|
3204 | //
|
---|
3205 | // Skip &VALUE string if &VALUE does exists.
|
---|
3206 | //
|
---|
3207 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&VALUE=", StrLen (L"&VALUE=")) == 0) {
|
---|
3208 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&VALUE=");
|
---|
3209 |
|
---|
3210 | //
|
---|
3211 | // Get Value
|
---|
3212 | //
|
---|
3213 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
3214 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
3215 | goto Done;
|
---|
3216 | }
|
---|
3217 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
3218 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
3219 | if (*StringPtr != 0 && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
3220 | goto Done;
|
---|
3221 | }
|
---|
3222 | }
|
---|
3223 | //
|
---|
3224 | // If '\0', parsing is finished.
|
---|
3225 | //
|
---|
3226 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
3227 | break;
|
---|
3228 | }
|
---|
3229 | }
|
---|
3230 |
|
---|
3231 | //
|
---|
3232 | // Merge the requested block data.
|
---|
3233 | //
|
---|
3234 | Link = RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink;
|
---|
3235 | while ((Link != &RequestBlockArray->Entry) && (Link->ForwardLink != &RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
|
---|
3236 | BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3237 | NextBlockData = BASE_CR (Link->ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3238 | if ((NextBlockData->Offset >= BlockData->Offset) && (NextBlockData->Offset <= (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width))) {
|
---|
3239 | if ((NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width) > (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width)) {
|
---|
3240 | BlockData->Width = (UINT16) (NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width - BlockData->Offset);
|
---|
3241 | }
|
---|
3242 | RemoveEntryList (Link->ForwardLink);
|
---|
3243 | FreePool (NextBlockData);
|
---|
3244 | continue;
|
---|
3245 | }
|
---|
3246 | Link = Link->ForwardLink;
|
---|
3247 | }
|
---|
3248 |
|
---|
3249 | return RequestBlockArray;
|
---|
3250 |
|
---|
3251 | Done:
|
---|
3252 | if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) {
|
---|
3253 | //
|
---|
3254 | // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray
|
---|
3255 | //
|
---|
3256 | while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
|
---|
3257 | BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3258 | RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
|
---|
3259 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
3260 | }
|
---|
3261 |
|
---|
3262 | FreePool (RequestBlockArray);
|
---|
3263 | }
|
---|
3264 |
|
---|
3265 | return NULL;
|
---|
3266 | }
|
---|
3267 |
|
---|
3268 | /**
|
---|
3269 | parse the configrequest string, get the elements.
|
---|
3270 |
|
---|
3271 | @param ConfigRequest The input config request string.
|
---|
3272 | @param Progress Return the progress data.
|
---|
3273 |
|
---|
3274 | @retval return data block array.
|
---|
3275 | **/
|
---|
3276 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *
|
---|
3277 | GetNameElement (
|
---|
3278 | IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest,
|
---|
3279 | OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
|
---|
3280 | )
|
---|
3281 | {
|
---|
3282 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
3283 | EFI_STRING NextTag;
|
---|
3284 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
3285 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray;
|
---|
3286 | BOOLEAN HasValue;
|
---|
3287 |
|
---|
3288 | StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
3289 |
|
---|
3290 | //
|
---|
3291 | // Init RequestBlockArray
|
---|
3292 | //
|
---|
3293 | RequestBlockArray = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
|
---|
3294 | if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
|
---|
3295 | goto Done;
|
---|
3296 | }
|
---|
3297 | InitializeListHead (&RequestBlockArray->Entry);
|
---|
3298 |
|
---|
3299 | //
|
---|
3300 | // Get the request Block array from the request string
|
---|
3301 | //
|
---|
3302 |
|
---|
3303 | //
|
---|
3304 | // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists
|
---|
3305 | // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function.
|
---|
3306 | // <BlockName> ::= &'Name***=***
|
---|
3307 | //
|
---|
3308 | while (StringPtr != NULL && *StringPtr == L'&') {
|
---|
3309 |
|
---|
3310 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
3311 | //
|
---|
3312 | // Skip the L"&" string
|
---|
3313 | //
|
---|
3314 | StringPtr += 1;
|
---|
3315 |
|
---|
3316 | HasValue = FALSE;
|
---|
3317 | if ((NextTag = StrStr (StringPtr, L"=")) != NULL) {
|
---|
3318 | *NextTag = L'\0';
|
---|
3319 | HasValue = TRUE;
|
---|
3320 | } else if ((NextTag = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&")) != NULL) {
|
---|
3321 | *NextTag = L'\0';
|
---|
3322 | }
|
---|
3323 |
|
---|
3324 | //
|
---|
3325 | // Set Block Data
|
---|
3326 | //
|
---|
3327 | BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
|
---|
3328 | if (BlockData == NULL) {
|
---|
3329 | goto Done;
|
---|
3330 | }
|
---|
3331 |
|
---|
3332 | //
|
---|
3333 | // Get Name
|
---|
3334 | //
|
---|
3335 | BlockData->Name = AllocateCopyPool(StrSize (StringPtr), StringPtr);
|
---|
3336 | InsertBlockData (&RequestBlockArray->Entry, &BlockData);
|
---|
3337 |
|
---|
3338 | if (HasValue) {
|
---|
3339 | //
|
---|
3340 | // If has value, skip the value.
|
---|
3341 | //
|
---|
3342 | StringPtr = NextTag + 1;
|
---|
3343 | *NextTag = L'=';
|
---|
3344 | StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&");
|
---|
3345 | } else if (NextTag != NULL) {
|
---|
3346 | //
|
---|
3347 | // restore the '&' text.
|
---|
3348 | //
|
---|
3349 | StringPtr = NextTag;
|
---|
3350 | *NextTag = L'&';
|
---|
3351 | }
|
---|
3352 | }
|
---|
3353 |
|
---|
3354 | return RequestBlockArray;
|
---|
3355 |
|
---|
3356 | Done:
|
---|
3357 | if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) {
|
---|
3358 | //
|
---|
3359 | // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray
|
---|
3360 | //
|
---|
3361 | while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
|
---|
3362 | BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3363 | RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
|
---|
3364 | if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
3365 | FreePool (BlockData->Name);
|
---|
3366 | }
|
---|
3367 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
3368 | }
|
---|
3369 |
|
---|
3370 | FreePool (RequestBlockArray);
|
---|
3371 | }
|
---|
3372 |
|
---|
3373 | return NULL;
|
---|
3374 | }
|
---|
3375 |
|
---|
3376 | /**
|
---|
3377 | Generate ConfigRequest string base on the varstore info.
|
---|
3378 |
|
---|
3379 | @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore.
|
---|
3380 | @param VarStorageData The varstore info.
|
---|
3381 | @param Status Return Status.
|
---|
3382 | @param ConfigRequest The ConfigRequest info may be return.
|
---|
3383 |
|
---|
3384 | @retval TRUE Need to continue
|
---|
3385 | @retval Others NO need to continue or error occur.
|
---|
3386 | **/
|
---|
3387 | BOOLEAN
|
---|
3388 | GenerateConfigRequest (
|
---|
3389 | IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr,
|
---|
3390 | IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
|
---|
3391 | OUT EFI_STATUS *Status,
|
---|
3392 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigRequest
|
---|
3393 | )
|
---|
3394 | {
|
---|
3395 | BOOLEAN DataExist;
|
---|
3396 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
3397 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
3398 | CHAR16 *FullConfigRequest;
|
---|
3399 | CHAR16 *StringPtr;
|
---|
3400 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
3401 |
|
---|
3402 | //
|
---|
3403 | // Append VarStorageData BlockEntry into *Request string
|
---|
3404 | // Now support only one varstore in a form package.
|
---|
3405 | //
|
---|
3406 |
|
---|
3407 | //
|
---|
3408 | // Go through all VarStorageData Entry and get BlockEntry for each one for the multiple varstore in a single form package
|
---|
3409 | // Then construct them all to return MultiRequest string : ConfigHdr BlockConfig
|
---|
3410 | //
|
---|
3411 |
|
---|
3412 | //
|
---|
3413 | // Compute the length of the entire request starting with <ConfigHdr> and a
|
---|
3414 | // Null-terminator
|
---|
3415 | //
|
---|
3416 | DataExist = FALSE;
|
---|
3417 | Length = StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1;
|
---|
3418 |
|
---|
3419 | for (Link = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; Link != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3420 | DataExist = TRUE;
|
---|
3421 | BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3422 | if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
|
---|
3423 | //
|
---|
3424 | // Add <BlockName> length for each Name
|
---|
3425 | //
|
---|
3426 | // <BlockName> ::= &Name1&Name2&...
|
---|
3427 | // |1| StrLen(Name1)
|
---|
3428 | //
|
---|
3429 | Length = Length + (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name));
|
---|
3430 | } else {
|
---|
3431 | //
|
---|
3432 | // Add <BlockName> length for each Offset/Width pair
|
---|
3433 | //
|
---|
3434 | // <BlockName> ::= &OFFSET=1234&WIDTH=1234
|
---|
3435 | // | 8 | 4 | 7 | 4 |
|
---|
3436 | //
|
---|
3437 | Length = Length + (8 + 4 + 7 + 4);
|
---|
3438 | }
|
---|
3439 | }
|
---|
3440 | //
|
---|
3441 | // No any request block data is found. The request string can't be constructed.
|
---|
3442 | //
|
---|
3443 | if (!DataExist) {
|
---|
3444 | *Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3445 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3446 | }
|
---|
3447 |
|
---|
3448 | //
|
---|
3449 | // Allocate buffer for the entire <ConfigRequest>
|
---|
3450 | //
|
---|
3451 | FullConfigRequest = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
3452 | if (FullConfigRequest == NULL) {
|
---|
3453 | *Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
3454 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3455 | }
|
---|
3456 | StringPtr = FullConfigRequest;
|
---|
3457 |
|
---|
3458 | //
|
---|
3459 | // Start with <ConfigHdr>
|
---|
3460 | //
|
---|
3461 | StrCpyS (StringPtr, Length, ConfigHdr);
|
---|
3462 | StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
3463 |
|
---|
3464 | //
|
---|
3465 | // Loop through all the Offset/Width pairs and append them to ConfigRequest
|
---|
3466 | //
|
---|
3467 | for (Link = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; Link != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3468 | BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3469 | if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
|
---|
3470 | //
|
---|
3471 | // Append &Name1\0
|
---|
3472 | //
|
---|
3473 | UnicodeSPrint (
|
---|
3474 | StringPtr,
|
---|
3475 | (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
|
---|
3476 | L"&%s",
|
---|
3477 | BlockData->Name
|
---|
3478 | );
|
---|
3479 | } else {
|
---|
3480 | //
|
---|
3481 | // Append &OFFSET=XXXX&WIDTH=YYYY\0
|
---|
3482 | //
|
---|
3483 | UnicodeSPrint (
|
---|
3484 | StringPtr,
|
---|
3485 | (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
|
---|
3486 | L"&OFFSET=%04X&WIDTH=%04X",
|
---|
3487 | BlockData->Offset,
|
---|
3488 | BlockData->Width
|
---|
3489 | );
|
---|
3490 | }
|
---|
3491 | StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
3492 | }
|
---|
3493 | //
|
---|
3494 | // Set to the got full request string.
|
---|
3495 | //
|
---|
3496 | HiiToLower (FullConfigRequest);
|
---|
3497 |
|
---|
3498 | if (*ConfigRequest != NULL) {
|
---|
3499 | FreePool (*ConfigRequest);
|
---|
3500 | }
|
---|
3501 | *ConfigRequest = FullConfigRequest;
|
---|
3502 |
|
---|
3503 | return TRUE;
|
---|
3504 | }
|
---|
3505 |
|
---|
3506 | /**
|
---|
3507 | Generate ConfigRequest Header base on the varstore info.
|
---|
3508 |
|
---|
3509 | @param VarStorageData The varstore info.
|
---|
3510 | @param DevicePath Device path for this varstore.
|
---|
3511 | @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore.
|
---|
3512 |
|
---|
3513 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS Generate the header success.
|
---|
3514 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Allocate buffer fail.
|
---|
3515 | **/
|
---|
3516 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
3517 | GenerateHdr (
|
---|
3518 | IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
|
---|
3519 | IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
|
---|
3520 | OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigHdr
|
---|
3521 | )
|
---|
3522 | {
|
---|
3523 | EFI_STRING GuidStr;
|
---|
3524 | EFI_STRING NameStr;
|
---|
3525 | EFI_STRING PathStr;
|
---|
3526 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
3527 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
3528 |
|
---|
3529 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3530 | NameStr = NULL;
|
---|
3531 | GuidStr = NULL;
|
---|
3532 | PathStr = NULL;
|
---|
3533 |
|
---|
3534 | //
|
---|
3535 | // Construct <ConfigHdr> : "GUID=...&NAME=...&PATH=..." by VarStorageData Guid, Name and DriverHandle
|
---|
3536 | //
|
---|
3537 | GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *) &VarStorageData->Guid, 1, &GuidStr);
|
---|
3538 | if (VarStorageData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
3539 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (VarStorageData->Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *) VarStorageData->Name, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
3540 | } else {
|
---|
3541 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
3542 | }
|
---|
3543 | GenerateSubStr (
|
---|
3544 | L"PATH=",
|
---|
3545 | GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) DevicePath),
|
---|
3546 | (VOID *) DevicePath,
|
---|
3547 | 1,
|
---|
3548 | &PathStr
|
---|
3549 | );
|
---|
3550 | Length = StrLen (GuidStr) + StrLen (NameStr) + StrLen (PathStr) + 1;
|
---|
3551 | if (VarStorageData->Name == NULL) {
|
---|
3552 | Length += 1;
|
---|
3553 | }
|
---|
3554 |
|
---|
3555 | *ConfigHdr = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
3556 | if (*ConfigHdr == NULL) {
|
---|
3557 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
3558 | goto Done;
|
---|
3559 | }
|
---|
3560 | StrCpyS (*ConfigHdr, Length, GuidStr);
|
---|
3561 | StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, NameStr);
|
---|
3562 | if (VarStorageData->Name == NULL) {
|
---|
3563 | StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, L"&");
|
---|
3564 | }
|
---|
3565 | StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, PathStr);
|
---|
3566 |
|
---|
3567 | //
|
---|
3568 | // Remove the last character L'&'
|
---|
3569 | //
|
---|
3570 | *(*ConfigHdr + StrLen (*ConfigHdr) - 1) = L'\0';
|
---|
3571 |
|
---|
3572 | Done:
|
---|
3573 | if (GuidStr != NULL) {
|
---|
3574 | FreePool (GuidStr);
|
---|
3575 | }
|
---|
3576 |
|
---|
3577 | if (NameStr != NULL) {
|
---|
3578 | FreePool (NameStr);
|
---|
3579 | }
|
---|
3580 |
|
---|
3581 | if (PathStr != NULL) {
|
---|
3582 | FreePool (PathStr);
|
---|
3583 | }
|
---|
3584 |
|
---|
3585 | return Status;
|
---|
3586 | }
|
---|
3587 |
|
---|
3588 |
|
---|
3589 | /**
|
---|
3590 | Update the default value in the block data which is used as bit var store.
|
---|
3591 |
|
---|
3592 | For example:
|
---|
3593 | A question value saved in a bit fied: bitoffset = 1; bitwidth = 2;default value = 1.
|
---|
3594 | And corresponding block data info: offset==0; width==1;currently the default value
|
---|
3595 | is saved as 1.Actually the default value 1 need to be set to bit field 1, so the
|
---|
3596 | default value of this block data shuold be:2.
|
---|
3597 |
|
---|
3598 | typedef struct {
|
---|
3599 | UINT8 Bit1 : 1; //
|
---|
3600 | UINT8 Bit2 : 2; // Question saved in Bit2,so originalBlock info: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) defaul = 1.
|
---|
3601 | // (default value record for the bit field)
|
---|
3602 | ......
|
---|
3603 | }ExampleData;
|
---|
3604 |
|
---|
3605 | After function UpdateDefaultValue,the Block info is: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 2.
|
---|
3606 | (default value record for the Block)
|
---|
3607 |
|
---|
3608 | UpdateDefaultValue function update default value of bit var block based on the bit field info in the block.
|
---|
3609 |
|
---|
3610 | @param BlockLink The Link of the block data.
|
---|
3611 |
|
---|
3612 | **/
|
---|
3613 | VOID
|
---|
3614 | UpdateDefaultValue (
|
---|
3615 | IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink
|
---|
3616 | )
|
---|
3617 | {
|
---|
3618 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
3619 | LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
|
---|
3620 | LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault;
|
---|
3621 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
3622 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData;
|
---|
3623 | UINTN StartBit;
|
---|
3624 | UINTN EndBit;
|
---|
3625 | UINT32 BitFieldDefaultValue;
|
---|
3626 |
|
---|
3627 | for ( Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3628 | BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3629 | if (!BlockData ->IsBitVar) {
|
---|
3630 | continue;
|
---|
3631 | }
|
---|
3632 | ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
|
---|
3633 | //
|
---|
3634 | // Update the default value in the block data with all existing default id.
|
---|
3635 | //
|
---|
3636 | for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3637 | //
|
---|
3638 | // Get the default data, and the value of the default data is for some field in the block.
|
---|
3639 | // Note: Default value for bit field question is stored as UINT32.
|
---|
3640 | //
|
---|
3641 | DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3642 | BitFieldDefaultValue = DefaultValueData->Value.u32;
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | StartBit = BlockData->BitOffset % 8;
|
---|
3645 | EndBit = StartBit + BlockData->BitWidth - 1;
|
---|
3646 |
|
---|
3647 | //
|
---|
3648 | // Set the bit field default value to related bit filed, then we will got the new default vaule for the block data.
|
---|
3649 | //
|
---|
3650 | DefaultValueData->Value.u32 = BitFieldWrite32 (0, StartBit, EndBit, BitFieldDefaultValue);
|
---|
3651 | }
|
---|
3652 | }
|
---|
3653 | }
|
---|
3654 |
|
---|
3655 | /**
|
---|
3656 | Merge the default value in two block datas which have overlap region.
|
---|
3657 |
|
---|
3658 | For bit fields, their related block data may have overlap region, such as:
|
---|
3659 |
|
---|
3660 | typedef struct {
|
---|
3661 | UINT16 Bit1 : 6; // Question1 refer Bit1, Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 1
|
---|
3662 | UINT16 Bit2 : 5; // Question2 refer Bit2, Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 5
|
---|
3663 | // (default value record for the bit field)
|
---|
3664 | ......
|
---|
3665 | }ExampleData;
|
---|
3666 |
|
---|
3667 | After function UpdateDefaultValue:
|
---|
3668 | Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 1
|
---|
3669 | Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 320 (5 * (2 << 6))
|
---|
3670 | (default value record for block)
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 | After function MergeBlockDefaultValue:
|
---|
3673 | Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 65
|
---|
3674 | Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 321
|
---|
3675 | (Block1 and Block2 has overlap region, merge the overlap value to Block1 and Blcok2)
|
---|
3676 |
|
---|
3677 | Block1 and Block2 have overlap byte region, but currntly the default value of Block1 only contains
|
---|
3678 | value of Bit1 (low 6 bits),the default value of Block2 only contains the value of Bit2 (middle 5 bits).
|
---|
3679 |
|
---|
3680 | This fuction merge the default value of these two blocks, and make the default value of block1
|
---|
3681 | also contain the value of lower 2 bits of the Bit2. And make the default value of Block2 also
|
---|
3682 | contain the default value of Bit1.
|
---|
3683 |
|
---|
3684 | We can get the total value of the whole block that just cover these two blocks(in this case is:
|
---|
3685 | block: offset =0; width =2;) then the value of block2 is same as block, the value of block1 is
|
---|
3686 | the first byte value of block.
|
---|
3687 |
|
---|
3688 | @param FirstBlock Point to the block date whose default value need to be merged.
|
---|
3689 | @param SecondBlock Point to the block date whose default value need to be merged.
|
---|
3690 |
|
---|
3691 | **/
|
---|
3692 | VOID
|
---|
3693 | MergeBlockDefaultValue (
|
---|
3694 | IN OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA *FirstBlock,
|
---|
3695 | IN OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA *SecondBlock
|
---|
3696 | )
|
---|
3697 | {
|
---|
3698 | LIST_ENTRY *FirstListEntry;
|
---|
3699 | LIST_ENTRY *SecondListEntry;
|
---|
3700 | LIST_ENTRY *FirstDefaultLink;
|
---|
3701 | LIST_ENTRY *SecondDefaultLink;
|
---|
3702 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *FirstDefaultValueData;
|
---|
3703 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *SecondDefaultValueData;
|
---|
3704 | UINT32 *FirstDefaultValue;
|
---|
3705 | UINT32 *SecondDefaultValue;
|
---|
3706 | UINT64 TotalValue;
|
---|
3707 | UINT64 ShiftedValue;
|
---|
3708 | UINT16 OffsetShift;
|
---|
3709 |
|
---|
3710 | FirstListEntry = &FirstBlock->DefaultValueEntry;
|
---|
3711 | for (FirstDefaultLink = FirstListEntry->ForwardLink; FirstDefaultLink != FirstListEntry; FirstDefaultLink = FirstDefaultLink->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3712 | FirstDefaultValueData = BASE_CR (FirstDefaultLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3713 | SecondListEntry = &SecondBlock->DefaultValueEntry;
|
---|
3714 | for (SecondDefaultLink = SecondListEntry->ForwardLink; SecondDefaultLink != SecondListEntry; SecondDefaultLink = SecondDefaultLink->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3715 | SecondDefaultValueData = BASE_CR (SecondDefaultLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3716 | if (FirstDefaultValueData->DefaultId != SecondDefaultValueData->DefaultId) {
|
---|
3717 | continue;
|
---|
3718 | }
|
---|
3719 | //
|
---|
3720 | // Find default value with same default id in the two blocks.
|
---|
3721 | // Note: Default value for bit field question is stored as UINT32 type.
|
---|
3722 | //
|
---|
3723 | FirstDefaultValue = &FirstDefaultValueData->Value.u32;
|
---|
3724 | SecondDefaultValue = &SecondDefaultValueData->Value.u32;
|
---|
3725 | //
|
---|
3726 | // 1. Get the default value of the whole blcok that can just cover FirstBlock and SecondBlock.
|
---|
3727 | // 2. Get the default value of FirstBlock and SecondBlock form the value of whole block based
|
---|
3728 | // on the offset and width of FirstBlock and SecondBlock.
|
---|
3729 | //
|
---|
3730 | if (FirstBlock->Offset > SecondBlock->Offset) {
|
---|
3731 | OffsetShift = FirstBlock->Offset - SecondBlock->Offset;
|
---|
3732 | ShiftedValue = LShiftU64 ((UINT64) (*FirstDefaultValue), OffsetShift * 8);
|
---|
3733 | TotalValue = ShiftedValue | (UINT64) (*SecondDefaultValue);
|
---|
3734 | *SecondDefaultValue = (UINT32) BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, 0, SecondBlock->Width * 8 -1);
|
---|
3735 | *FirstDefaultValue = (UINT32) BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, OffsetShift * 8, OffsetShift * 8 + FirstBlock->Width *8 -1);
|
---|
3736 | } else {
|
---|
3737 | OffsetShift = SecondBlock->Offset -FirstBlock->Offset;
|
---|
3738 | ShiftedValue = LShiftU64 ((UINT64) (*SecondDefaultValue), OffsetShift * 8);
|
---|
3739 | TotalValue = ShiftedValue | (UINT64) (*FirstDefaultValue);
|
---|
3740 | *FirstDefaultValue = (UINT32) BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, 0, FirstBlock->Width * 8 -1);
|
---|
3741 | *SecondDefaultValue = (UINT32) BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, OffsetShift * 8, OffsetShift * 8 + SecondBlock->Width *8 -1);
|
---|
3742 | }
|
---|
3743 | }
|
---|
3744 | }
|
---|
3745 | }
|
---|
3746 |
|
---|
3747 | /**
|
---|
3748 |
|
---|
3749 | Update the default value in the block data which used as Bit VarStore
|
---|
3750 |
|
---|
3751 | @param BlockLink The Link of the block data.
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | **/
|
---|
3754 | VOID
|
---|
3755 | UpdateBlockDataArray (
|
---|
3756 | IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink
|
---|
3757 | )
|
---|
3758 | {
|
---|
3759 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
3760 | LIST_ENTRY *TempLink;
|
---|
3761 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
3762 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *NextBlockData;
|
---|
3763 |
|
---|
3764 | //
|
---|
3765 | // 1. Update default value in BitVar block data.
|
---|
3766 | // Sine some block datas are used as BitVarStore, then the default value recored in the block
|
---|
3767 | // is for related bit field in the block. so we need to set the default value to the related bit
|
---|
3768 | // fields in the block data if the block data is used as bit varstore, then the default value of
|
---|
3769 | // the block will be updated.
|
---|
3770 | //
|
---|
3771 | UpdateDefaultValue (BlockLink);
|
---|
3772 |
|
---|
3773 | //
|
---|
3774 | // 2.Update default value for overlap BitVar blcok datas.
|
---|
3775 | // For block datas have overlap region, we need to merge the default value in different blocks.
|
---|
3776 | //
|
---|
3777 | for (Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3778 | BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3779 | if (!BlockData ->IsBitVar) {
|
---|
3780 | continue;
|
---|
3781 | }
|
---|
3782 | for (TempLink = Link->ForwardLink; TempLink != BlockLink; TempLink = TempLink->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3783 | NextBlockData = BASE_CR (TempLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3784 | if (!NextBlockData->IsBitVar || NextBlockData->Offset >= BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width || BlockData->Offset >= NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width) {
|
---|
3785 | continue;
|
---|
3786 | }
|
---|
3787 | //
|
---|
3788 | // Find two blocks are used as bit VarStore and have overlap region, so need to merge default value of these two blocks.
|
---|
3789 | //
|
---|
3790 | MergeBlockDefaultValue (BlockData, NextBlockData);
|
---|
3791 | }
|
---|
3792 | }
|
---|
3793 | }
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | /**
|
---|
3796 | Generate ConfigAltResp string base on the varstore info.
|
---|
3797 |
|
---|
3798 | @param HiiHandle Hii Handle for this hii package.
|
---|
3799 | @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore.
|
---|
3800 | @param VarStorageData The varstore info.
|
---|
3801 | @param DefaultIdArray The Default id array.
|
---|
3802 | @param DefaultAltCfgResp The DefaultAltCfgResp info may be return.
|
---|
3803 |
|
---|
3804 | @retval TRUE Need to continue
|
---|
3805 | @retval Others NO need to continue or error occur.
|
---|
3806 | **/
|
---|
3807 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
3808 | GenerateAltConfigResp (
|
---|
3809 | IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
|
---|
3810 | IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr,
|
---|
3811 | IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
|
---|
3812 | IN IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray,
|
---|
3813 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *DefaultAltCfgResp
|
---|
3814 | )
|
---|
3815 | {
|
---|
3816 | BOOLEAN DataExist;
|
---|
3817 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
3818 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
3819 | LIST_ENTRY *LinkData;
|
---|
3820 | LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault;
|
---|
3821 | LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
|
---|
3822 | CHAR16 *StringPtr;
|
---|
3823 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
3824 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultId;
|
---|
3825 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData;
|
---|
3826 | UINTN Width;
|
---|
3827 | UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
|
---|
3828 | CHAR16 *DefaultString;
|
---|
3829 | UINTN StrSize;
|
---|
3830 |
|
---|
3831 | BlockData = NULL;
|
---|
3832 | DataExist = FALSE;
|
---|
3833 | DefaultString = NULL;
|
---|
3834 | //
|
---|
3835 | // Add length for <ConfigHdr> + '\0'
|
---|
3836 | //
|
---|
3837 | Length = StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1;
|
---|
3838 |
|
---|
3839 | UpdateBlockDataArray (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry);
|
---|
3840 |
|
---|
3841 | for (Link = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3842 | DefaultId = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3843 | //
|
---|
3844 | // Add length for "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX"
|
---|
3845 | // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 |
|
---|
3846 | //
|
---|
3847 | Length += (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 8 + 4);
|
---|
3848 |
|
---|
3849 | for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3850 | BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3851 | ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
|
---|
3852 | for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3853 | DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3854 | if (DefaultValueData->DefaultId != DefaultId->DefaultId) {
|
---|
3855 | continue;
|
---|
3856 | }
|
---|
3857 | if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
|
---|
3858 | //
|
---|
3859 | // Add length for "&Name1=zzzzzzzzzzzz"
|
---|
3860 | // |1|Name|1|Value|
|
---|
3861 | //
|
---|
3862 | Length += (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name) + 1 + BlockData->Width * 2);
|
---|
3863 | } else {
|
---|
3864 | //
|
---|
3865 | // Add length for "&OFFSET=XXXX&WIDTH=YYYY&VALUE=zzzzzzzzzzzz"
|
---|
3866 | // | 8 | 4 | 7 | 4 | 7 | Width * 2 |
|
---|
3867 | //
|
---|
3868 | Length += (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 7 + BlockData->Width * 2);
|
---|
3869 | }
|
---|
3870 | DataExist = TRUE;
|
---|
3871 | }
|
---|
3872 | }
|
---|
3873 | }
|
---|
3874 |
|
---|
3875 | //
|
---|
3876 | // No default value is found. The default string doesn't exist.
|
---|
3877 | //
|
---|
3878 | if (!DataExist) {
|
---|
3879 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3880 | }
|
---|
3881 |
|
---|
3882 | //
|
---|
3883 | // Allocate buffer for the entire <DefaultAltCfgResp>
|
---|
3884 | //
|
---|
3885 | *DefaultAltCfgResp = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
3886 | if (*DefaultAltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
3887 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
3888 | }
|
---|
3889 | StringPtr = *DefaultAltCfgResp;
|
---|
3890 |
|
---|
3891 | //
|
---|
3892 | // Start with <ConfigHdr>
|
---|
3893 | //
|
---|
3894 | StrCpyS (StringPtr, Length, ConfigHdr);
|
---|
3895 | StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
3896 |
|
---|
3897 | for (Link = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3898 | DefaultId = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3899 | //
|
---|
3900 | // Add <AltConfigHdr> of the form "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX\0"
|
---|
3901 | // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 |
|
---|
3902 | //
|
---|
3903 | UnicodeSPrint (
|
---|
3904 | StringPtr,
|
---|
3905 | (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 8 + 4 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
|
---|
3906 | L"&%s&ALTCFG=%04X",
|
---|
3907 | ConfigHdr,
|
---|
3908 | DefaultId->DefaultId
|
---|
3909 | );
|
---|
3910 | StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
3911 |
|
---|
3912 | for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3913 | BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3914 | ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
|
---|
3915 | for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) {
|
---|
3916 | DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
3917 | if (DefaultValueData->DefaultId != DefaultId->DefaultId) {
|
---|
3918 | continue;
|
---|
3919 | }
|
---|
3920 | if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
|
---|
3921 | UnicodeSPrint (
|
---|
3922 | StringPtr,
|
---|
3923 | (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
|
---|
3924 | L"&%s=",
|
---|
3925 | BlockData->Name
|
---|
3926 | );
|
---|
3927 | StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
3928 | } else {
|
---|
3929 | //
|
---|
3930 | // Add <BlockConfig>
|
---|
3931 | // <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE'=<Number>
|
---|
3932 | //
|
---|
3933 | UnicodeSPrint (
|
---|
3934 | StringPtr,
|
---|
3935 | (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 7 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
|
---|
3936 | L"&OFFSET=%04X&WIDTH=%04X&VALUE=",
|
---|
3937 | BlockData->Offset,
|
---|
3938 | BlockData->Width
|
---|
3939 | );
|
---|
3940 | StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
3941 | }
|
---|
3942 | Width = BlockData->Width;
|
---|
3943 | //
|
---|
3944 | // Convert Value to a hex string in "%x" format
|
---|
3945 | // NOTE: This is in the opposite byte that GUID and PATH use
|
---|
3946 | //
|
---|
3947 | if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP){
|
---|
3948 | DefaultString = InternalGetString(HiiHandle, DefaultValueData->Value.string);
|
---|
3949 | TmpBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (Width);
|
---|
3950 | ASSERT (TmpBuffer != NULL);
|
---|
3951 | if (DefaultString != NULL) {
|
---|
3952 | StrSize = StrLen(DefaultString)* sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
3953 | if (StrSize > Width) {
|
---|
3954 | StrSize = Width;
|
---|
3955 | }
|
---|
3956 | CopyMem (TmpBuffer, (UINT8 *) DefaultString, StrSize);
|
---|
3957 | }
|
---|
3958 | } else {
|
---|
3959 | TmpBuffer = (UINT8 *) &(DefaultValueData->Value);
|
---|
3960 | }
|
---|
3961 | for (; Width > 0 && (TmpBuffer != NULL); Width--) {
|
---|
3962 | UnicodeValueToStringS (
|
---|
3963 | StringPtr,
|
---|
3964 | Length * sizeof (CHAR16) - ((UINTN)StringPtr - (UINTN)*DefaultAltCfgResp),
|
---|
3965 | PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
|
---|
3966 | TmpBuffer[Width - 1],
|
---|
3967 | 2
|
---|
3968 | );
|
---|
3969 | StringPtr += StrnLenS (StringPtr, Length - ((UINTN)StringPtr - (UINTN)*DefaultAltCfgResp) / sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
3970 | }
|
---|
3971 | if (DefaultString != NULL){
|
---|
3972 | FreePool(DefaultString);
|
---|
3973 | DefaultString = NULL;
|
---|
3974 | }
|
---|
3975 | if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP && TmpBuffer != NULL) {
|
---|
3976 | FreePool(TmpBuffer);
|
---|
3977 | TmpBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
3978 | }
|
---|
3979 | }
|
---|
3980 | }
|
---|
3981 | }
|
---|
3982 |
|
---|
3983 | HiiToLower (*DefaultAltCfgResp);
|
---|
3984 |
|
---|
3985 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3986 | }
|
---|
3987 |
|
---|
3988 | /**
|
---|
3989 | This function gets the full request string and full default value string by
|
---|
3990 | parsing IFR data in HII form packages.
|
---|
3991 |
|
---|
3992 | When Request points to NULL string, the request string and default value string
|
---|
3993 | for each varstore in form package will return.
|
---|
3994 |
|
---|
3995 | @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
|
---|
3996 | @param DevicePath Device Path which Hii Config Access Protocol is registered.
|
---|
3997 | @param Request Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
3998 | <ConfigRequest> format. When it doesn't contain
|
---|
3999 | any RequestElement, it will be updated to return
|
---|
4000 | the full RequestElement retrieved from IFR data.
|
---|
4001 | If it points to NULL, the request string for the first
|
---|
4002 | varstore in form package will be merged into a
|
---|
4003 | <MultiConfigRequest> format string and return.
|
---|
4004 | @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4005 | <ConfigAltResp> format. When the pointer is to NULL,
|
---|
4006 | the full default value string retrieved from IFR data
|
---|
4007 | will return. When the pinter is to a string, the
|
---|
4008 | full default value string retrieved from IFR data
|
---|
4009 | will be merged into the input string and return.
|
---|
4010 | When Request points to NULL, the default value string
|
---|
4011 | for each varstore in form package will be merged into
|
---|
4012 | a <MultiConfigAltResp> format string and return.
|
---|
4013 | @param PointerProgress Optional parameter, it can be NULL.
|
---|
4014 | When it is not NULL, if Request is NULL, it returns NULL.
|
---|
4015 | On return, points to a character in the Request
|
---|
4016 | string. Points to the string's null terminator if
|
---|
4017 | request was successful. Points to the most recent
|
---|
4018 | & before the first failing name / value pair (or
|
---|
4019 | the beginning of the string if the failure is in
|
---|
4020 | the first name / value pair) if the request was
|
---|
4021 | not successful.
|
---|
4022 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string.
|
---|
4023 | And AltCfgResp contains all default value string.
|
---|
4024 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string.
|
---|
4025 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The varstore (Guid and Name) in Request string
|
---|
4026 | can't be found in Form package.
|
---|
4027 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND HiiPackage can't be got on the input HiiHandle.
|
---|
4028 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL.
|
---|
4029 |
|
---|
4030 | **/
|
---|
4031 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
4032 | EFIAPI
|
---|
4033 | GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (
|
---|
4034 | IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
|
---|
4035 | IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
|
---|
4036 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *Request,
|
---|
4037 | IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp,
|
---|
4038 | OUT EFI_STRING *PointerProgress OPTIONAL
|
---|
4039 | )
|
---|
4040 | {
|
---|
4041 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
4042 | UINT8 *HiiFormPackage;
|
---|
4043 | UINTN PackageSize;
|
---|
4044 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray;
|
---|
4045 | IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
|
---|
4046 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData;
|
---|
4047 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultId;
|
---|
4048 | IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray;
|
---|
4049 | IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData;
|
---|
4050 | EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp;
|
---|
4051 | EFI_STRING ConfigHdr;
|
---|
4052 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
4053 | EFI_STRING Progress;
|
---|
4054 |
|
---|
4055 | if (DataBaseRecord == NULL || DevicePath == NULL || Request == NULL || AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
4056 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4057 | }
|
---|
4058 |
|
---|
4059 | //
|
---|
4060 | // Initialize the local variables.
|
---|
4061 | //
|
---|
4062 | RequestBlockArray = NULL;
|
---|
4063 | DefaultIdArray = NULL;
|
---|
4064 | VarStorageData = NULL;
|
---|
4065 | DefaultAltCfgResp = NULL;
|
---|
4066 | ConfigHdr = NULL;
|
---|
4067 | HiiFormPackage = NULL;
|
---|
4068 | PackageSize = 0;
|
---|
4069 | Progress = *Request;
|
---|
4070 |
|
---|
4071 | Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize);
|
---|
4072 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4073 | goto Done;
|
---|
4074 | }
|
---|
4075 |
|
---|
4076 | //
|
---|
4077 | // 1. Get the request block array by Request String when Request string contains the block array.
|
---|
4078 | //
|
---|
4079 | StringPtr = NULL;
|
---|
4080 | if (*Request != NULL) {
|
---|
4081 | StringPtr = *Request;
|
---|
4082 | //
|
---|
4083 | // Jump <ConfigHdr>
|
---|
4084 | //
|
---|
4085 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4086 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4087 | goto Done;
|
---|
4088 | }
|
---|
4089 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"GUID=");
|
---|
4090 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4091 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
4092 | }
|
---|
4093 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4094 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4095 | goto Done;
|
---|
4096 | }
|
---|
4097 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&NAME=");
|
---|
4098 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4099 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
4100 | }
|
---|
4101 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4102 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4103 | goto Done;
|
---|
4104 | }
|
---|
4105 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH=");
|
---|
4106 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
4107 | StringPtr ++;
|
---|
4108 | }
|
---|
4109 |
|
---|
4110 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4111 | //
|
---|
4112 | // No request block is found.
|
---|
4113 | //
|
---|
4114 | StringPtr = NULL;
|
---|
4115 | }
|
---|
4116 | }
|
---|
4117 |
|
---|
4118 | //
|
---|
4119 | // If StringPtr != NULL, get the request elements.
|
---|
4120 | //
|
---|
4121 | if (StringPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
4122 | if (StrStr (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=") != NULL) {
|
---|
4123 | RequestBlockArray = GetBlockElement(StringPtr, &Progress);
|
---|
4124 | } else {
|
---|
4125 | RequestBlockArray = GetNameElement(StringPtr, &Progress);
|
---|
4126 | }
|
---|
4127 |
|
---|
4128 | if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
|
---|
4129 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4130 | goto Done;
|
---|
4131 | }
|
---|
4132 | }
|
---|
4133 |
|
---|
4134 | //
|
---|
4135 | // Initialize DefaultIdArray to store the map between DeaultId and DefaultName
|
---|
4136 | //
|
---|
4137 | DefaultIdArray = (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
|
---|
4138 | if (DefaultIdArray == NULL) {
|
---|
4139 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
4140 | goto Done;
|
---|
4141 | }
|
---|
4142 | InitializeListHead (&DefaultIdArray->Entry);
|
---|
4143 |
|
---|
4144 | //
|
---|
4145 | // Initialize VarStorageData to store the var store Block and Default value information.
|
---|
4146 | //
|
---|
4147 | VarStorageData = (IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *) AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA));
|
---|
4148 | if (VarStorageData == NULL) {
|
---|
4149 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
4150 | goto Done;
|
---|
4151 | }
|
---|
4152 | InitializeListHead (&VarStorageData->Entry);
|
---|
4153 | InitializeListHead (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry);
|
---|
4154 |
|
---|
4155 | //
|
---|
4156 | // 2. Parse FormPackage to get BlockArray and DefaultId Array for the request BlockArray.
|
---|
4157 | //
|
---|
4158 |
|
---|
4159 | //
|
---|
4160 | // Parse the opcode in form package to get the default setting.
|
---|
4161 | //
|
---|
4162 | Status = ParseIfrData (DataBaseRecord->Handle,
|
---|
4163 | HiiFormPackage,
|
---|
4164 | (UINT32) PackageSize,
|
---|
4165 | *Request,
|
---|
4166 | RequestBlockArray,
|
---|
4167 | VarStorageData,
|
---|
4168 | DefaultIdArray);
|
---|
4169 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4170 | goto Done;
|
---|
4171 | }
|
---|
4172 |
|
---|
4173 | //
|
---|
4174 | // No requested varstore in IFR data and directly return
|
---|
4175 | //
|
---|
4176 | if (VarStorageData->Type == 0 && VarStorageData->Name == NULL) {
|
---|
4177 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4178 | goto Done;
|
---|
4179 | }
|
---|
4180 |
|
---|
4181 | //
|
---|
4182 | // 3. Construct Request Element (Block Name) for 2.1 and 2.2 case.
|
---|
4183 | //
|
---|
4184 | Status = GenerateHdr (VarStorageData, DevicePath, &ConfigHdr);
|
---|
4185 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4186 | goto Done;
|
---|
4187 | }
|
---|
4188 |
|
---|
4189 | if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
|
---|
4190 | if (!GenerateConfigRequest(ConfigHdr, VarStorageData, &Status, Request)) {
|
---|
4191 | goto Done;
|
---|
4192 | }
|
---|
4193 | }
|
---|
4194 |
|
---|
4195 | //
|
---|
4196 | // 4. Construct Default Value string in AltResp according to request element.
|
---|
4197 | // Go through all VarStorageData Entry and get the DefaultId array for each one
|
---|
4198 | // Then construct them all to : ConfigHdr AltConfigHdr ConfigBody AltConfigHdr ConfigBody
|
---|
4199 | //
|
---|
4200 | Status = GenerateAltConfigResp (DataBaseRecord->Handle,ConfigHdr, VarStorageData, DefaultIdArray, &DefaultAltCfgResp);
|
---|
4201 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4202 | goto Done;
|
---|
4203 | }
|
---|
4204 |
|
---|
4205 | //
|
---|
4206 | // 5. Merge string into the input AltCfgResp if the input *AltCfgResp is not NULL.
|
---|
4207 | //
|
---|
4208 | if (*AltCfgResp != NULL && DefaultAltCfgResp != NULL) {
|
---|
4209 | Status = MergeDefaultString (AltCfgResp, DefaultAltCfgResp);
|
---|
4210 | FreePool (DefaultAltCfgResp);
|
---|
4211 | } else if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
4212 | *AltCfgResp = DefaultAltCfgResp;
|
---|
4213 | }
|
---|
4214 |
|
---|
4215 | Done:
|
---|
4216 | if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) {
|
---|
4217 | //
|
---|
4218 | // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray
|
---|
4219 | //
|
---|
4220 | while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
|
---|
4221 | BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
4222 | RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
|
---|
4223 | if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
4224 | FreePool (BlockData->Name);
|
---|
4225 | }
|
---|
4226 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
4227 | }
|
---|
4228 |
|
---|
4229 | FreePool (RequestBlockArray);
|
---|
4230 | }
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | if (VarStorageData != NULL) {
|
---|
4233 | //
|
---|
4234 | // Free link array VarStorageData
|
---|
4235 | //
|
---|
4236 | while (!IsListEmpty (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry)) {
|
---|
4237 | BlockData = BASE_CR (VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
4238 | RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
|
---|
4239 | if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
4240 | FreePool (BlockData->Name);
|
---|
4241 | }
|
---|
4242 | //
|
---|
4243 | // Free default value link array
|
---|
4244 | //
|
---|
4245 | while (!IsListEmpty (&BlockData->DefaultValueEntry)) {
|
---|
4246 | DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (BlockData->DefaultValueEntry.ForwardLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
4247 | RemoveEntryList (&DefaultValueData->Entry);
|
---|
4248 | FreePool (DefaultValueData);
|
---|
4249 | }
|
---|
4250 | FreePool (BlockData);
|
---|
4251 | }
|
---|
4252 | if (VarStorageData ->Name != NULL) {
|
---|
4253 | FreePool (VarStorageData ->Name);
|
---|
4254 | VarStorageData ->Name = NULL;
|
---|
4255 | }
|
---|
4256 | FreePool (VarStorageData);
|
---|
4257 | }
|
---|
4258 |
|
---|
4259 | if (DefaultIdArray != NULL) {
|
---|
4260 | //
|
---|
4261 | // Free DefaultId Array
|
---|
4262 | //
|
---|
4263 | while (!IsListEmpty (&DefaultIdArray->Entry)) {
|
---|
4264 | DefaultId = BASE_CR (DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
|
---|
4265 | RemoveEntryList (&DefaultId->Entry);
|
---|
4266 | FreePool (DefaultId);
|
---|
4267 | }
|
---|
4268 | FreePool (DefaultIdArray);
|
---|
4269 | }
|
---|
4270 |
|
---|
4271 | //
|
---|
4272 | // Free the allocated string
|
---|
4273 | //
|
---|
4274 | if (ConfigHdr != NULL) {
|
---|
4275 | FreePool (ConfigHdr);
|
---|
4276 | }
|
---|
4277 |
|
---|
4278 | //
|
---|
4279 | // Free Package data
|
---|
4280 | //
|
---|
4281 | if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) {
|
---|
4282 | FreePool (HiiFormPackage);
|
---|
4283 | }
|
---|
4284 |
|
---|
4285 | if (PointerProgress != NULL) {
|
---|
4286 | if (*Request == NULL) {
|
---|
4287 | *PointerProgress = NULL;
|
---|
4288 | } else if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4289 | *PointerProgress = *Request;
|
---|
4290 | } else {
|
---|
4291 | *PointerProgress = *Request + StrLen (*Request);
|
---|
4292 | }
|
---|
4293 | }
|
---|
4294 |
|
---|
4295 | return Status;
|
---|
4296 | }
|
---|
4297 |
|
---|
4298 | /**
|
---|
4299 | This function gets the full request resp string by
|
---|
4300 | parsing IFR data in HII form packages.
|
---|
4301 |
|
---|
4302 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
4303 | instance.
|
---|
4304 | @param EfiVarStoreInfo The efi varstore info which is save in the EFI
|
---|
4305 | varstore data structure.
|
---|
4306 | @param Request Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4307 | <ConfigRequest> format.
|
---|
4308 | @param RequestResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4309 | <ConfigResp> format.
|
---|
4310 | @param AccessProgress On return, points to a character in the Request
|
---|
4311 | string. Points to the string's null terminator if
|
---|
4312 | request was successful. Points to the most recent
|
---|
4313 | & before the first failing name / value pair (or
|
---|
4314 | the beginning of the string if the failure is in
|
---|
4315 | the first name / value pair) if the request was
|
---|
4316 | not successful.
|
---|
4317 |
|
---|
4318 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string.
|
---|
4319 | And AltCfgResp contains all default value string.
|
---|
4320 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string.
|
---|
4321 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL.
|
---|
4322 |
|
---|
4323 | **/
|
---|
4324 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
4325 | GetConfigRespFromEfiVarStore (
|
---|
4326 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
4327 | IN EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo,
|
---|
4328 | IN EFI_STRING Request,
|
---|
4329 | OUT EFI_STRING *RequestResp,
|
---|
4330 | OUT EFI_STRING *AccessProgress
|
---|
4331 | )
|
---|
4332 | {
|
---|
4333 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
4334 | EFI_STRING VarStoreName;
|
---|
4335 | UINTN NameSize;
|
---|
4336 | UINT8 *VarStore;
|
---|
4337 | UINTN BufferSize;
|
---|
4338 |
|
---|
4339 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4340 | BufferSize = 0;
|
---|
4341 | VarStore = NULL;
|
---|
4342 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
4343 | *AccessProgress = Request;
|
---|
4344 |
|
---|
4345 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name);
|
---|
4346 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
4347 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
4348 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
4349 | goto Done;
|
---|
4350 | }
|
---|
4351 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *) EfiVarStoreInfo->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
4352 |
|
---|
4353 |
|
---|
4354 | Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, NULL);
|
---|
4355 | if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
|
---|
4356 | goto Done;
|
---|
4357 | }
|
---|
4358 |
|
---|
4359 | VarStore = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
|
---|
4360 | ASSERT (VarStore != NULL);
|
---|
4361 | Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, VarStore);
|
---|
4362 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4363 | goto Done;
|
---|
4364 | }
|
---|
4365 |
|
---|
4366 | Status = HiiBlockToConfig(This, Request, VarStore, BufferSize, RequestResp, AccessProgress);
|
---|
4367 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4368 | goto Done;
|
---|
4369 | }
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | Done:
|
---|
4372 | if (VarStoreName != NULL) {
|
---|
4373 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
4374 | }
|
---|
4375 |
|
---|
4376 | if (VarStore != NULL) {
|
---|
4377 | FreePool (VarStore);
|
---|
4378 | }
|
---|
4379 |
|
---|
4380 | return Status;
|
---|
4381 | }
|
---|
4382 |
|
---|
4383 |
|
---|
4384 | /**
|
---|
4385 | This function route the full request resp string for efi varstore.
|
---|
4386 |
|
---|
4387 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
4388 | instance.
|
---|
4389 | @param EfiVarStoreInfo The efi varstore info which is save in the EFI
|
---|
4390 | varstore data structure.
|
---|
4391 | @param RequestResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4392 | <ConfigResp> format.
|
---|
4393 | @param Result Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4394 | <ConfigResp> format.
|
---|
4395 |
|
---|
4396 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string.
|
---|
4397 | And AltCfgResp contains all default value string.
|
---|
4398 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string.
|
---|
4399 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL.
|
---|
4400 |
|
---|
4401 | **/
|
---|
4402 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
4403 | RouteConfigRespForEfiVarStore (
|
---|
4404 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
4405 | IN EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo,
|
---|
4406 | IN EFI_STRING RequestResp,
|
---|
4407 | OUT EFI_STRING *Result
|
---|
4408 | )
|
---|
4409 | {
|
---|
4410 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
4411 | EFI_STRING VarStoreName;
|
---|
4412 | UINTN NameSize;
|
---|
4413 | UINT8 *VarStore;
|
---|
4414 | UINTN BufferSize;
|
---|
4415 | UINTN BlockSize;
|
---|
4416 |
|
---|
4417 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4418 | BufferSize = 0;
|
---|
4419 | VarStore = NULL;
|
---|
4420 | VarStoreName = NULL;
|
---|
4421 | *Result = RequestResp;
|
---|
4422 |
|
---|
4423 | NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name);
|
---|
4424 | VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
4425 | if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
|
---|
4426 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
4427 | goto Done;
|
---|
4428 | }
|
---|
4429 | AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *) EfiVarStoreInfo->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
|
---|
4430 |
|
---|
4431 | Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, NULL);
|
---|
4432 | if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
|
---|
4433 | DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The variable does not exist!"));
|
---|
4434 | goto Done;
|
---|
4435 | }
|
---|
4436 |
|
---|
4437 | BlockSize = BufferSize;
|
---|
4438 | VarStore = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
|
---|
4439 | ASSERT (VarStore != NULL);
|
---|
4440 | Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, VarStore);
|
---|
4441 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4442 | goto Done;
|
---|
4443 | }
|
---|
4444 |
|
---|
4445 | Status = HiiConfigToBlock(This, RequestResp, VarStore, &BlockSize, Result);
|
---|
4446 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4447 | goto Done;
|
---|
4448 | }
|
---|
4449 |
|
---|
4450 | Status = gRT->SetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, EfiVarStoreInfo->Attributes, BufferSize, VarStore);
|
---|
4451 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4452 | *Result = RequestResp;
|
---|
4453 | goto Done;
|
---|
4454 | }
|
---|
4455 |
|
---|
4456 | Done:
|
---|
4457 | if (VarStoreName != NULL) {
|
---|
4458 | FreePool (VarStoreName);
|
---|
4459 | }
|
---|
4460 |
|
---|
4461 | if (VarStore != NULL) {
|
---|
4462 | FreePool (VarStore);
|
---|
4463 | }
|
---|
4464 |
|
---|
4465 | return Status;
|
---|
4466 | }
|
---|
4467 |
|
---|
4468 | /**
|
---|
4469 | Validate the config request elements.
|
---|
4470 |
|
---|
4471 | @param ConfigElements A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format,
|
---|
4472 | without configHdr field.
|
---|
4473 |
|
---|
4474 | @retval CHAR16 * THE first Name/value pair not correct.
|
---|
4475 | @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair
|
---|
4476 | **/
|
---|
4477 | CHAR16 *
|
---|
4478 | OffsetWidthValidate (
|
---|
4479 | CHAR16 *ConfigElements
|
---|
4480 | )
|
---|
4481 | {
|
---|
4482 | CHAR16 *StringPtr;
|
---|
4483 | CHAR16 *RetVal;
|
---|
4484 |
|
---|
4485 | StringPtr = ConfigElements;
|
---|
4486 |
|
---|
4487 | while (1) {
|
---|
4488 | RetVal = StringPtr;
|
---|
4489 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4490 | return RetVal;
|
---|
4491 | }
|
---|
4492 |
|
---|
4493 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4494 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
4495 | }
|
---|
4496 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4497 | return RetVal;
|
---|
4498 | }
|
---|
4499 |
|
---|
4500 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
|
---|
4501 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4502 | StringPtr ++;
|
---|
4503 | }
|
---|
4504 |
|
---|
4505 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4506 | return NULL;
|
---|
4507 | }
|
---|
4508 | }
|
---|
4509 | }
|
---|
4510 |
|
---|
4511 | /**
|
---|
4512 | Validate the config request elements.
|
---|
4513 |
|
---|
4514 | @param ConfigElements A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format,
|
---|
4515 | without configHdr field.
|
---|
4516 |
|
---|
4517 | @retval CHAR16 * THE first Name/value pair not correct.
|
---|
4518 | @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair
|
---|
4519 |
|
---|
4520 | **/
|
---|
4521 | CHAR16 *
|
---|
4522 | NameValueValidate (
|
---|
4523 | CHAR16 *ConfigElements
|
---|
4524 | )
|
---|
4525 | {
|
---|
4526 | CHAR16 *StringPtr;
|
---|
4527 | CHAR16 *RetVal;
|
---|
4528 |
|
---|
4529 | StringPtr = ConfigElements;
|
---|
4530 |
|
---|
4531 | while (1) {
|
---|
4532 | RetVal = StringPtr;
|
---|
4533 | if (*StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
4534 | return RetVal;
|
---|
4535 | }
|
---|
4536 | StringPtr += 1;
|
---|
4537 |
|
---|
4538 | StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&");
|
---|
4539 |
|
---|
4540 | if (StringPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
4541 | return NULL;
|
---|
4542 | }
|
---|
4543 | }
|
---|
4544 | }
|
---|
4545 |
|
---|
4546 | /**
|
---|
4547 | Validate the config request string.
|
---|
4548 |
|
---|
4549 | @param ConfigRequest A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
|
---|
4550 |
|
---|
4551 | @retval CHAR16 * THE first element not correct.
|
---|
4552 | @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair
|
---|
4553 |
|
---|
4554 | **/
|
---|
4555 | CHAR16 *
|
---|
4556 | ConfigRequestValidate (
|
---|
4557 | CHAR16 *ConfigRequest
|
---|
4558 | )
|
---|
4559 | {
|
---|
4560 | BOOLEAN HasNameField;
|
---|
4561 | CHAR16 *StringPtr;
|
---|
4562 |
|
---|
4563 | HasNameField = TRUE;
|
---|
4564 | StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
4565 |
|
---|
4566 | //
|
---|
4567 | // Check <ConfigHdr>
|
---|
4568 | //
|
---|
4569 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4570 | return ConfigRequest;
|
---|
4571 | }
|
---|
4572 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"GUID=");
|
---|
4573 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4574 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
4575 | }
|
---|
4576 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4577 | return ConfigRequest;
|
---|
4578 | }
|
---|
4579 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&NAME=");
|
---|
4580 | if (*StringPtr == L'&') {
|
---|
4581 | HasNameField = FALSE;
|
---|
4582 | }
|
---|
4583 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4584 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
4585 | }
|
---|
4586 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4587 | return ConfigRequest;
|
---|
4588 | }
|
---|
4589 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH=");
|
---|
4590 | while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
4591 | StringPtr ++;
|
---|
4592 | }
|
---|
4593 |
|
---|
4594 | if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
|
---|
4595 | return NULL;
|
---|
4596 | }
|
---|
4597 |
|
---|
4598 | if (HasNameField) {
|
---|
4599 | //
|
---|
4600 | // Should be Buffer varstore, config request should be "OFFSET/Width" pairs.
|
---|
4601 | //
|
---|
4602 | return OffsetWidthValidate(StringPtr);
|
---|
4603 | } else {
|
---|
4604 | //
|
---|
4605 | // Should be Name/Value varstore, config request should be "&name1&name2..." pairs.
|
---|
4606 | //
|
---|
4607 | return NameValueValidate(StringPtr);
|
---|
4608 | }
|
---|
4609 | }
|
---|
4610 |
|
---|
4611 | /**
|
---|
4612 | This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration
|
---|
4613 | for one or more named elements from one or more drivers.
|
---|
4614 |
|
---|
4615 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
4616 | instance.
|
---|
4617 | @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4618 | <MultiConfigRequest> format.
|
---|
4619 | @param Progress On return, points to a character in the Request
|
---|
4620 | string. Points to the string's null terminator if
|
---|
4621 | request was successful. Points to the most recent
|
---|
4622 | & before the first failing name / value pair (or
|
---|
4623 | the beginning of the string if the failure is in
|
---|
4624 | the first name / value pair) if the request was
|
---|
4625 | not successful.
|
---|
4626 | @param Results Null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
4627 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format which has all values
|
---|
4628 | filled in for the names in the Request string.
|
---|
4629 | String to be allocated by the called function.
|
---|
4630 |
|
---|
4631 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is filled with the values
|
---|
4632 | corresponding to all requested names.
|
---|
4633 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the
|
---|
4634 | results that must be stored awaiting possible
|
---|
4635 | future protocols.
|
---|
4636 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any known driver.
|
---|
4637 | Progress set to the "G" in "GUID" of the routing
|
---|
4638 | header that doesn't match. Note: There is no
|
---|
4639 | requirement that all routing data be validated
|
---|
4640 | before any configuration extraction.
|
---|
4641 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER For example, passing in a NULL for the Request
|
---|
4642 | parameter would result in this type of error. The
|
---|
4643 | Progress parameter is set to NULL.
|
---|
4644 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Illegal syntax. Progress set to most recent &
|
---|
4645 | before the error or the beginning of the string.
|
---|
4646 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The ExtractConfig function of the underlying HII
|
---|
4647 | Configuration Access Protocol returned
|
---|
4648 | EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER. Progress set to most recent
|
---|
4649 | & before the error or the beginning of the string.
|
---|
4650 |
|
---|
4651 | **/
|
---|
4652 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
4653 | EFIAPI
|
---|
4654 | HiiConfigRoutingExtractConfig (
|
---|
4655 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
4656 | IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
|
---|
4657 | OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
|
---|
4658 | OUT EFI_STRING *Results
|
---|
4659 | )
|
---|
4660 | {
|
---|
4661 | HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
|
---|
4662 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
4663 | EFI_STRING ConfigRequest;
|
---|
4664 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
4665 | EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
|
---|
4666 | EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
|
---|
4667 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
4668 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
4669 | HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database;
|
---|
4670 | UINT8 *DevicePathPkg;
|
---|
4671 | UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath;
|
---|
4672 | EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
|
---|
4673 | EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
|
---|
4674 | EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess;
|
---|
4675 | EFI_STRING AccessProgress;
|
---|
4676 | EFI_STRING AccessResults;
|
---|
4677 | EFI_STRING AccessProgressBackup;
|
---|
4678 | EFI_STRING AccessResultsBackup;
|
---|
4679 | EFI_STRING DefaultResults;
|
---|
4680 | BOOLEAN FirstElement;
|
---|
4681 | BOOLEAN IfrDataParsedFlag;
|
---|
4682 | BOOLEAN IsEfiVarStore;
|
---|
4683 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo;
|
---|
4684 | EFI_STRING ErrorPtr;
|
---|
4685 | UINTN DevicePathSize;
|
---|
4686 | UINTN ConigStringSize;
|
---|
4687 | UINTN ConigStringSizeNewsize;
|
---|
4688 | EFI_STRING ConfigStringPtr;
|
---|
4689 |
|
---|
4690 | if (This == NULL || Progress == NULL || Results == NULL) {
|
---|
4691 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4692 | }
|
---|
4693 |
|
---|
4694 | if (Request == NULL) {
|
---|
4695 | *Progress = NULL;
|
---|
4696 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4697 | }
|
---|
4698 |
|
---|
4699 | Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
|
---|
4700 | StringPtr = Request;
|
---|
4701 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
4702 | DefaultResults = NULL;
|
---|
4703 | ConfigRequest = NULL;
|
---|
4704 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4705 | AccessResults = NULL;
|
---|
4706 | AccessProgress = NULL;
|
---|
4707 | AccessResultsBackup = NULL;
|
---|
4708 | AccessProgressBackup = NULL;
|
---|
4709 | DevicePath = NULL;
|
---|
4710 | IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
4711 | IsEfiVarStore = FALSE;
|
---|
4712 | EfiVarStoreInfo = NULL;
|
---|
4713 |
|
---|
4714 | //
|
---|
4715 | // The first element of <MultiConfigRequest> should be
|
---|
4716 | // <GuidHdr>, which is in 'GUID='<Guid> syntax.
|
---|
4717 | //
|
---|
4718 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
4719 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4720 | }
|
---|
4721 |
|
---|
4722 | FirstElement = TRUE;
|
---|
4723 |
|
---|
4724 | //
|
---|
4725 | // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for
|
---|
4726 | // Results if this fix length is insufficient.
|
---|
4727 | //
|
---|
4728 | *Results = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH);
|
---|
4729 | if (*Results == NULL) {
|
---|
4730 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
4731 | }
|
---|
4732 |
|
---|
4733 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0) {
|
---|
4734 | //
|
---|
4735 | // If parsing error, set Progress to the beginning of the <MultiConfigRequest>
|
---|
4736 | // or most recent & before the error.
|
---|
4737 | //
|
---|
4738 | if (StringPtr == Request) {
|
---|
4739 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
4740 | } else {
|
---|
4741 | *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
|
---|
4742 | }
|
---|
4743 |
|
---|
4744 | //
|
---|
4745 | // Process each <ConfigRequest> of <MultiConfigRequest>
|
---|
4746 | //
|
---|
4747 | Length = CalculateConfigStringLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
4748 | ConfigRequest = AllocateCopyPool ((Length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtr);
|
---|
4749 | if (ConfigRequest == NULL) {
|
---|
4750 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
4751 | goto Done;
|
---|
4752 | }
|
---|
4753 | *(ConfigRequest + Length) = 0;
|
---|
4754 |
|
---|
4755 | //
|
---|
4756 | // Get the UEFI device path
|
---|
4757 | //
|
---|
4758 | Status = GetDevicePath (ConfigRequest, (UINT8 **) &DevicePath);
|
---|
4759 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4760 | goto Done;
|
---|
4761 | }
|
---|
4762 |
|
---|
4763 | //
|
---|
4764 | // Find driver which matches the routing data.
|
---|
4765 | //
|
---|
4766 | DriverHandle = NULL;
|
---|
4767 | HiiHandle = NULL;
|
---|
4768 | Database = NULL;
|
---|
4769 | for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink;
|
---|
4770 | Link != &Private->DatabaseList;
|
---|
4771 | Link = Link->ForwardLink
|
---|
4772 | ) {
|
---|
4773 | Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE);
|
---|
4774 | if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) {
|
---|
4775 | CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
4776 | DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) CurrentDevicePath);
|
---|
4777 | if ((CompareMem (DevicePath,CurrentDevicePath,DevicePathSize) == 0) && IsThisPackageList(Database, ConfigRequest)) {
|
---|
4778 | DriverHandle = Database->DriverHandle;
|
---|
4779 | HiiHandle = Database->Handle;
|
---|
4780 | break;
|
---|
4781 | }
|
---|
4782 | }
|
---|
4783 | }
|
---|
4784 |
|
---|
4785 | //
|
---|
4786 | // Try to find driver handle by device path.
|
---|
4787 | //
|
---|
4788 | if (DriverHandle == NULL) {
|
---|
4789 | TempDevicePath = DevicePath;
|
---|
4790 | Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
|
---|
4791 | &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
|
---|
4792 | &TempDevicePath,
|
---|
4793 | &DriverHandle
|
---|
4794 | );
|
---|
4795 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverHandle == NULL)) {
|
---|
4796 | //
|
---|
4797 | // Routing data does not match any known driver.
|
---|
4798 | // Set Progress to the 'G' in "GUID" of the routing header.
|
---|
4799 | //
|
---|
4800 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
4801 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
4802 | goto Done;
|
---|
4803 | }
|
---|
4804 | }
|
---|
4805 |
|
---|
4806 | //
|
---|
4807 | // Validate ConfigRequest String.
|
---|
4808 | //
|
---|
4809 | ErrorPtr = ConfigRequestValidate(ConfigRequest);
|
---|
4810 | if (ErrorPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
4811 | *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, ErrorPtr);
|
---|
4812 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
4813 | goto Done;
|
---|
4814 | }
|
---|
4815 |
|
---|
4816 | //
|
---|
4817 | // Check whether ConfigRequest contains request string.
|
---|
4818 | //
|
---|
4819 | IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
4820 | if ((HiiHandle != NULL) && !GetElementsFromRequest(ConfigRequest)) {
|
---|
4821 | //
|
---|
4822 | // Get the full request string from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
|
---|
4823 | //
|
---|
4824 | IfrDataParsedFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
4825 | Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, &AccessProgress);
|
---|
4826 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4827 | //
|
---|
4828 | // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>.
|
---|
4829 | // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it.
|
---|
4830 | //
|
---|
4831 | ASSERT (AccessProgress != NULL);
|
---|
4832 | *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
|
---|
4833 | goto Done;
|
---|
4834 | }
|
---|
4835 | //
|
---|
4836 | // Not any request block is found.
|
---|
4837 | //
|
---|
4838 | if (!GetElementsFromRequest(ConfigRequest)) {
|
---|
4839 | AccessResults = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (ConfigRequest), ConfigRequest);
|
---|
4840 | goto NextConfigString;
|
---|
4841 | }
|
---|
4842 | }
|
---|
4843 |
|
---|
4844 | //
|
---|
4845 | // Check whether this ConfigRequest is search from Efi varstore type storage.
|
---|
4846 | //
|
---|
4847 | Status = GetVarStoreType(Database, ConfigRequest, &IsEfiVarStore, &EfiVarStoreInfo);
|
---|
4848 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4849 | goto Done;
|
---|
4850 | }
|
---|
4851 |
|
---|
4852 | if (IsEfiVarStore) {
|
---|
4853 | //
|
---|
4854 | // Call the GetVariable function to extract settings.
|
---|
4855 | //
|
---|
4856 | Status = GetConfigRespFromEfiVarStore(This, EfiVarStoreInfo, ConfigRequest, &AccessResults, &AccessProgress);
|
---|
4857 | FreePool (EfiVarStoreInfo);
|
---|
4858 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4859 | //
|
---|
4860 | // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>.
|
---|
4861 | // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it.
|
---|
4862 | //
|
---|
4863 | *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
|
---|
4864 | goto Done;
|
---|
4865 | }
|
---|
4866 |
|
---|
4867 | //
|
---|
4868 | // For EfiVarstore, call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to get the AltCfgResp from driver.
|
---|
4869 | //
|
---|
4870 | Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
|
---|
4871 | DriverHandle,
|
---|
4872 | &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
|
---|
4873 | (VOID **) &ConfigAccess
|
---|
4874 | );
|
---|
4875 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4876 | //
|
---|
4877 | // The driver has EfiVarStore, may not install ConfigAccess protocol.
|
---|
4878 | // So ignore the error status in this case.
|
---|
4879 | //
|
---|
4880 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4881 | } else {
|
---|
4882 | Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
|
---|
4883 | ConfigAccess,
|
---|
4884 | ConfigRequest,
|
---|
4885 | &AccessProgressBackup,
|
---|
4886 | &AccessResultsBackup
|
---|
4887 | );
|
---|
4888 | if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
|
---|
4889 | //
|
---|
4890 | //Merge the AltCfgResp in AccessResultsBackup to AccessResults
|
---|
4891 | //
|
---|
4892 | if ((AccessResultsBackup != NULL) && (StrStr (AccessResultsBackup, L"&ALTCFG=") != NULL)) {
|
---|
4893 | ConigStringSize = StrSize (AccessResults);
|
---|
4894 | ConfigStringPtr = StrStr (AccessResultsBackup, L"&GUID=");
|
---|
4895 | ConigStringSizeNewsize = StrSize (ConfigStringPtr) + ConigStringSize + sizeof (CHAR16);
|
---|
4896 | AccessResults = (EFI_STRING) ReallocatePool (
|
---|
4897 | ConigStringSize,
|
---|
4898 | ConigStringSizeNewsize,
|
---|
4899 | AccessResults);
|
---|
4900 | StrCatS (AccessResults, ConigStringSizeNewsize / sizeof (CHAR16), ConfigStringPtr);
|
---|
4901 | }
|
---|
4902 | } else {
|
---|
4903 | //
|
---|
4904 | // In the ExtractConfig function of some driver may not support EfiVarStore,
|
---|
4905 | // may return error status, just ignore the error status in this case.
|
---|
4906 | //
|
---|
4907 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4908 | }
|
---|
4909 | if (AccessResultsBackup != NULL) {
|
---|
4910 | FreePool (AccessResultsBackup);
|
---|
4911 | AccessResultsBackup = NULL;
|
---|
4912 | }
|
---|
4913 | }
|
---|
4914 | } else {
|
---|
4915 | //
|
---|
4916 | // Call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to extract settings
|
---|
4917 | //
|
---|
4918 | Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
|
---|
4919 | DriverHandle,
|
---|
4920 | &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
|
---|
4921 | (VOID **) &ConfigAccess
|
---|
4922 | );
|
---|
4923 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4924 | goto Done;
|
---|
4925 | }
|
---|
4926 |
|
---|
4927 | Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
|
---|
4928 | ConfigAccess,
|
---|
4929 | ConfigRequest,
|
---|
4930 | &AccessProgress,
|
---|
4931 | &AccessResults
|
---|
4932 | );
|
---|
4933 | }
|
---|
4934 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4935 | //
|
---|
4936 | // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>.
|
---|
4937 | // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it.
|
---|
4938 | //
|
---|
4939 | *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
|
---|
4940 | goto Done;
|
---|
4941 | }
|
---|
4942 |
|
---|
4943 | //
|
---|
4944 | // Attach this <ConfigAltResp> to a <MultiConfigAltResp>. There is a '&'
|
---|
4945 | // which separates the first <ConfigAltResp> and the following ones.
|
---|
4946 | //
|
---|
4947 | ASSERT (*AccessProgress == 0);
|
---|
4948 |
|
---|
4949 | //
|
---|
4950 | // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
|
---|
4951 | //
|
---|
4952 | if (!IfrDataParsedFlag && HiiHandle != NULL) {
|
---|
4953 | Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, NULL);
|
---|
4954 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
4955 | }
|
---|
4956 |
|
---|
4957 | FreePool (DevicePath);
|
---|
4958 | DevicePath = NULL;
|
---|
4959 |
|
---|
4960 | if (DefaultResults != NULL) {
|
---|
4961 | Status = MergeDefaultString (&AccessResults, DefaultResults);
|
---|
4962 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
4963 | FreePool (DefaultResults);
|
---|
4964 | DefaultResults = NULL;
|
---|
4965 | }
|
---|
4966 |
|
---|
4967 | NextConfigString:
|
---|
4968 | if (!FirstElement) {
|
---|
4969 | Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, L"&");
|
---|
4970 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
4971 | }
|
---|
4972 |
|
---|
4973 | Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, AccessResults);
|
---|
4974 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
4975 |
|
---|
4976 | FirstElement = FALSE;
|
---|
4977 |
|
---|
4978 | FreePool (AccessResults);
|
---|
4979 | AccessResults = NULL;
|
---|
4980 | FreePool (ConfigRequest);
|
---|
4981 | ConfigRequest = NULL;
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | //
|
---|
4984 | // Go to next <ConfigRequest> (skip '&').
|
---|
4985 | //
|
---|
4986 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
4987 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
4988 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
4989 | break;
|
---|
4990 | }
|
---|
4991 |
|
---|
4992 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
4993 | }
|
---|
4994 |
|
---|
4995 | Done:
|
---|
4996 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
4997 | FreePool (*Results);
|
---|
4998 | *Results = NULL;
|
---|
4999 | }
|
---|
5000 |
|
---|
5001 | if (ConfigRequest != NULL) {
|
---|
5002 | FreePool (ConfigRequest);
|
---|
5003 | }
|
---|
5004 |
|
---|
5005 | if (AccessResults != NULL) {
|
---|
5006 | FreePool (AccessResults);
|
---|
5007 | }
|
---|
5008 |
|
---|
5009 | if (DefaultResults != NULL) {
|
---|
5010 | FreePool (DefaultResults);
|
---|
5011 | }
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | if (DevicePath != NULL) {
|
---|
5014 | FreePool (DevicePath);
|
---|
5015 | }
|
---|
5016 |
|
---|
5017 | return Status;
|
---|
5018 | }
|
---|
5019 |
|
---|
5020 |
|
---|
5021 | /**
|
---|
5022 | This function allows the caller to request the current configuration for the
|
---|
5023 | entirety of the current HII database and returns the data in a
|
---|
5024 | null-terminated Unicode string.
|
---|
5025 |
|
---|
5026 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
5027 | instance.
|
---|
5028 | @param Results Null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
5029 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format which has all values
|
---|
5030 | filled in for the entirety of the current HII
|
---|
5031 | database. String to be allocated by the called
|
---|
5032 | function. De-allocation is up to the caller.
|
---|
5033 |
|
---|
5034 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is filled with the values
|
---|
5035 | corresponding to all requested names.
|
---|
5036 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the
|
---|
5037 | results that must be stored awaiting possible
|
---|
5038 | future protocols.
|
---|
5039 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER For example, passing in a NULL for the Results
|
---|
5040 | parameter would result in this type of error.
|
---|
5041 |
|
---|
5042 | **/
|
---|
5043 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
5044 | EFIAPI
|
---|
5045 | HiiConfigRoutingExportConfig (
|
---|
5046 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
5047 | OUT EFI_STRING *Results
|
---|
5048 | )
|
---|
5049 | {
|
---|
5050 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
5051 | EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess;
|
---|
5052 | EFI_STRING AccessResults;
|
---|
5053 | EFI_STRING Progress;
|
---|
5054 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
5055 | EFI_STRING ConfigRequest;
|
---|
5056 | UINTN Index;
|
---|
5057 | EFI_HANDLE *ConfigAccessHandles;
|
---|
5058 | UINTN NumberConfigAccessHandles;
|
---|
5059 | BOOLEAN FirstElement;
|
---|
5060 | EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
|
---|
5061 | EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
|
---|
5062 | EFI_STRING DefaultResults;
|
---|
5063 | HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
|
---|
5064 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
5065 | HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database;
|
---|
5066 | UINT8 *DevicePathPkg;
|
---|
5067 | UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath;
|
---|
5068 | BOOLEAN IfrDataParsedFlag;
|
---|
5069 |
|
---|
5070 | if (This == NULL || Results == NULL) {
|
---|
5071 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5072 | }
|
---|
5073 |
|
---|
5074 | Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
|
---|
5075 |
|
---|
5076 | //
|
---|
5077 | // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for
|
---|
5078 | // Results if this fix length is insufficient.
|
---|
5079 | //
|
---|
5080 | *Results = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH);
|
---|
5081 | if (*Results == NULL) {
|
---|
5082 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5083 | }
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | NumberConfigAccessHandles = 0;
|
---|
5086 | Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
|
---|
5087 | ByProtocol,
|
---|
5088 | &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
|
---|
5089 | NULL,
|
---|
5090 | &NumberConfigAccessHandles,
|
---|
5091 | &ConfigAccessHandles
|
---|
5092 | );
|
---|
5093 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5094 | return Status;
|
---|
5095 | }
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | FirstElement = TRUE;
|
---|
5098 |
|
---|
5099 | for (Index = 0; Index < NumberConfigAccessHandles; Index++) {
|
---|
5100 | Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
|
---|
5101 | ConfigAccessHandles[Index],
|
---|
5102 | &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
|
---|
5103 | (VOID **) &ConfigAccess
|
---|
5104 | );
|
---|
5105 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5106 | continue;
|
---|
5107 | }
|
---|
5108 |
|
---|
5109 | //
|
---|
5110 | // Get DevicePath and HiiHandle for this ConfigAccess driver handle
|
---|
5111 | //
|
---|
5112 | IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
5113 | Progress = NULL;
|
---|
5114 | HiiHandle = NULL;
|
---|
5115 | DefaultResults = NULL;
|
---|
5116 | Database = NULL;
|
---|
5117 | ConfigRequest = NULL;
|
---|
5118 | DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (ConfigAccessHandles[Index]);
|
---|
5119 | if (DevicePath != NULL) {
|
---|
5120 | for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink;
|
---|
5121 | Link != &Private->DatabaseList;
|
---|
5122 | Link = Link->ForwardLink
|
---|
5123 | ) {
|
---|
5124 | Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE);
|
---|
5125 | if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) {
|
---|
5126 | CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
5127 | if (CompareMem (
|
---|
5128 | DevicePath,
|
---|
5129 | CurrentDevicePath,
|
---|
5130 | GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) CurrentDevicePath)
|
---|
5131 | ) == 0) {
|
---|
5132 | HiiHandle = Database->Handle;
|
---|
5133 | break;
|
---|
5134 | }
|
---|
5135 | }
|
---|
5136 | }
|
---|
5137 | }
|
---|
5138 |
|
---|
5139 | Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
|
---|
5140 | ConfigAccess,
|
---|
5141 | NULL,
|
---|
5142 | &Progress,
|
---|
5143 | &AccessResults
|
---|
5144 | );
|
---|
5145 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5146 | //
|
---|
5147 | // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
|
---|
5148 | //
|
---|
5149 | if (HiiHandle != NULL && DevicePath != NULL) {
|
---|
5150 | IfrDataParsedFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
5151 | Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, NULL);
|
---|
5152 | //
|
---|
5153 | // Get the full request string to get the Current setting again.
|
---|
5154 | //
|
---|
5155 | if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && ConfigRequest != NULL) {
|
---|
5156 | Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
|
---|
5157 | ConfigAccess,
|
---|
5158 | ConfigRequest,
|
---|
5159 | &Progress,
|
---|
5160 | &AccessResults
|
---|
5161 | );
|
---|
5162 | FreePool (ConfigRequest);
|
---|
5163 | } else {
|
---|
5164 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
5165 | }
|
---|
5166 | }
|
---|
5167 | }
|
---|
5168 |
|
---|
5169 | if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5170 | //
|
---|
5171 | // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
|
---|
5172 | //
|
---|
5173 | if (!IfrDataParsedFlag && HiiHandle != NULL && DevicePath != NULL) {
|
---|
5174 | StringPtr = StrStr (AccessResults, L"&GUID=");
|
---|
5175 | if (StringPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
5176 | *StringPtr = 0;
|
---|
5177 | }
|
---|
5178 | if (GetElementsFromRequest (AccessResults)) {
|
---|
5179 | Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &AccessResults, &DefaultResults, NULL);
|
---|
5180 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
5181 | }
|
---|
5182 | if (StringPtr != NULL) {
|
---|
5183 | *StringPtr = L'&';
|
---|
5184 | }
|
---|
5185 | }
|
---|
5186 | //
|
---|
5187 | // Merge the default sting from IFR code into the got setting from driver.
|
---|
5188 | //
|
---|
5189 | if (DefaultResults != NULL) {
|
---|
5190 | Status = MergeDefaultString (&AccessResults, DefaultResults);
|
---|
5191 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
5192 | FreePool (DefaultResults);
|
---|
5193 | DefaultResults = NULL;
|
---|
5194 | }
|
---|
5195 |
|
---|
5196 | //
|
---|
5197 | // Attach this <ConfigAltResp> to a <MultiConfigAltResp>. There is a '&'
|
---|
5198 | // which separates the first <ConfigAltResp> and the following ones.
|
---|
5199 | //
|
---|
5200 | if (!FirstElement) {
|
---|
5201 | Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, L"&");
|
---|
5202 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
5203 | }
|
---|
5204 |
|
---|
5205 | Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, AccessResults);
|
---|
5206 | ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
|
---|
5207 |
|
---|
5208 | FirstElement = FALSE;
|
---|
5209 |
|
---|
5210 | FreePool (AccessResults);
|
---|
5211 | AccessResults = NULL;
|
---|
5212 | }
|
---|
5213 | }
|
---|
5214 | FreePool (ConfigAccessHandles);
|
---|
5215 |
|
---|
5216 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5217 | }
|
---|
5218 |
|
---|
5219 |
|
---|
5220 | /**
|
---|
5221 | This function processes the results of processing forms and routes it to the
|
---|
5222 | appropriate handlers or storage.
|
---|
5223 |
|
---|
5224 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
5225 | instance.
|
---|
5226 | @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
5227 | <MulltiConfigResp> format.
|
---|
5228 | @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of
|
---|
5229 | the most recent & before the first failing name /
|
---|
5230 | value pair (or the beginning of the string if the
|
---|
5231 | failure is in the first name / value pair) or the
|
---|
5232 | terminating NULL if all was successful.
|
---|
5233 |
|
---|
5234 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are awaiting
|
---|
5235 | distribution.
|
---|
5236 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the
|
---|
5237 | results that must be stored awaiting possible
|
---|
5238 | future protocols.
|
---|
5239 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the Configuration parameter
|
---|
5240 | would result in this type of error.
|
---|
5241 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not
|
---|
5242 | found.
|
---|
5243 |
|
---|
5244 | **/
|
---|
5245 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
5246 | EFIAPI
|
---|
5247 | HiiConfigRoutingRouteConfig (
|
---|
5248 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
5249 | IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
|
---|
5250 | OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
|
---|
5251 | )
|
---|
5252 | {
|
---|
5253 | HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
|
---|
5254 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
5255 | EFI_STRING ConfigResp;
|
---|
5256 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
5257 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
5258 | EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
|
---|
5259 | EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
|
---|
5260 | LIST_ENTRY *Link;
|
---|
5261 | HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database;
|
---|
5262 | UINT8 *DevicePathPkg;
|
---|
5263 | UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath;
|
---|
5264 | EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
|
---|
5265 | EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess;
|
---|
5266 | EFI_STRING AccessProgress;
|
---|
5267 | EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo;
|
---|
5268 | BOOLEAN IsEfiVarstore;
|
---|
5269 | UINTN DevicePathSize;
|
---|
5270 |
|
---|
5271 | if (This == NULL || Progress == NULL) {
|
---|
5272 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5273 | }
|
---|
5274 |
|
---|
5275 | if (Configuration == NULL) {
|
---|
5276 | *Progress = NULL;
|
---|
5277 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5278 | }
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
|
---|
5281 | StringPtr = Configuration;
|
---|
5282 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5283 | Database = NULL;
|
---|
5284 | AccessProgress = NULL;
|
---|
5285 | EfiVarStoreInfo= NULL;
|
---|
5286 | IsEfiVarstore = FALSE;
|
---|
5287 |
|
---|
5288 | //
|
---|
5289 | // The first element of <MultiConfigResp> should be
|
---|
5290 | // <GuidHdr>, which is in 'GUID='<Guid> syntax.
|
---|
5291 | //
|
---|
5292 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5293 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5294 | }
|
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0) {
|
---|
5297 | //
|
---|
5298 | // If parsing error, set Progress to the beginning of the <MultiConfigResp>
|
---|
5299 | // or most recent & before the error.
|
---|
5300 | //
|
---|
5301 | if (StringPtr == Configuration) {
|
---|
5302 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5303 | } else {
|
---|
5304 | *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
|
---|
5305 | }
|
---|
5306 |
|
---|
5307 | //
|
---|
5308 | // Process each <ConfigResp> of <MultiConfigResp>
|
---|
5309 | //
|
---|
5310 | Length = CalculateConfigStringLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
5311 | ConfigResp = AllocateCopyPool ((Length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtr);
|
---|
5312 | if (ConfigResp == NULL) {
|
---|
5313 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5314 | }
|
---|
5315 | //
|
---|
5316 | // Append '\0' to the end of ConfigRequest
|
---|
5317 | //
|
---|
5318 | *(ConfigResp + Length) = 0;
|
---|
5319 |
|
---|
5320 | //
|
---|
5321 | // Get the UEFI device path
|
---|
5322 | //
|
---|
5323 | Status = GetDevicePath (ConfigResp, (UINT8 **) &DevicePath);
|
---|
5324 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5325 | FreePool (ConfigResp);
|
---|
5326 | return Status;
|
---|
5327 | }
|
---|
5328 |
|
---|
5329 | //
|
---|
5330 | // Find driver which matches the routing data.
|
---|
5331 | //
|
---|
5332 | DriverHandle = NULL;
|
---|
5333 | for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink;
|
---|
5334 | Link != &Private->DatabaseList;
|
---|
5335 | Link = Link->ForwardLink
|
---|
5336 | ) {
|
---|
5337 | Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE);
|
---|
5338 |
|
---|
5339 | if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) {
|
---|
5340 | CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
|
---|
5341 | DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) CurrentDevicePath);
|
---|
5342 | if ((CompareMem (DevicePath,CurrentDevicePath,DevicePathSize) == 0) && IsThisPackageList(Database, ConfigResp)) {
|
---|
5343 | DriverHandle = Database->DriverHandle;
|
---|
5344 | break;
|
---|
5345 | }
|
---|
5346 | }
|
---|
5347 | }
|
---|
5348 |
|
---|
5349 | //
|
---|
5350 | // Try to find driver handle by device path.
|
---|
5351 | //
|
---|
5352 | if (DriverHandle == NULL) {
|
---|
5353 | TempDevicePath = DevicePath;
|
---|
5354 | Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
|
---|
5355 | &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
|
---|
5356 | &TempDevicePath,
|
---|
5357 | &DriverHandle
|
---|
5358 | );
|
---|
5359 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverHandle == NULL)) {
|
---|
5360 | //
|
---|
5361 | // Routing data does not match any known driver.
|
---|
5362 | // Set Progress to the 'G' in "GUID" of the routing header.
|
---|
5363 | //
|
---|
5364 | FreePool (DevicePath);
|
---|
5365 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5366 | FreePool (ConfigResp);
|
---|
5367 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
5368 | }
|
---|
5369 | }
|
---|
5370 |
|
---|
5371 | FreePool (DevicePath);
|
---|
5372 |
|
---|
5373 | //
|
---|
5374 | // Check whether this ConfigRequest is search from Efi varstore type storage.
|
---|
5375 | //
|
---|
5376 | Status = GetVarStoreType(Database, ConfigResp, &IsEfiVarstore, &EfiVarStoreInfo);
|
---|
5377 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5378 | return Status;
|
---|
5379 | }
|
---|
5380 |
|
---|
5381 | if (IsEfiVarstore) {
|
---|
5382 | //
|
---|
5383 | // Call the SetVariable function to route settings.
|
---|
5384 | //
|
---|
5385 | Status = RouteConfigRespForEfiVarStore(This, EfiVarStoreInfo, ConfigResp, &AccessProgress);
|
---|
5386 | FreePool (EfiVarStoreInfo);
|
---|
5387 | } else {
|
---|
5388 | //
|
---|
5389 | // Call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to route settings
|
---|
5390 | //
|
---|
5391 | Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
|
---|
5392 | DriverHandle,
|
---|
5393 | &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
|
---|
5394 | (VOID **) &ConfigAccess
|
---|
5395 | );
|
---|
5396 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5397 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5398 | FreePool (ConfigResp);
|
---|
5399 | return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
5400 | }
|
---|
5401 |
|
---|
5402 | Status = ConfigAccess->RouteConfig (
|
---|
5403 | ConfigAccess,
|
---|
5404 | ConfigResp,
|
---|
5405 | &AccessProgress
|
---|
5406 | );
|
---|
5407 | }
|
---|
5408 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5409 | ASSERT (AccessProgress != NULL);
|
---|
5410 | //
|
---|
5411 | // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigResp>.
|
---|
5412 | // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigResp> then return it.
|
---|
5413 | //
|
---|
5414 | *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
|
---|
5415 |
|
---|
5416 | FreePool (ConfigResp);
|
---|
5417 | return Status;
|
---|
5418 | }
|
---|
5419 |
|
---|
5420 | FreePool (ConfigResp);
|
---|
5421 | ConfigResp = NULL;
|
---|
5422 |
|
---|
5423 | //
|
---|
5424 | // Go to next <ConfigResp> (skip '&').
|
---|
5425 | //
|
---|
5426 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
5427 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5428 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5429 | break;
|
---|
5430 | }
|
---|
5431 |
|
---|
5432 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5433 |
|
---|
5434 | }
|
---|
5435 |
|
---|
5436 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5437 | }
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 |
|
---|
5440 | /**
|
---|
5441 | This helper function is to be called by drivers to map configuration data
|
---|
5442 | stored in byte array ("block") formats such as UEFI Variables into current
|
---|
5443 | configuration strings.
|
---|
5444 |
|
---|
5445 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
5446 | instance.
|
---|
5447 | @param ConfigRequest A null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
5448 | <ConfigRequest> format.
|
---|
5449 | @param Block Array of bytes defining the block's configuration.
|
---|
5450 | @param BlockSize Length in bytes of Block.
|
---|
5451 | @param Config Filled-in configuration string. String allocated
|
---|
5452 | by the function. Returned only if call is
|
---|
5453 | successful. It is <ConfigResp> string format.
|
---|
5454 | @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of
|
---|
5455 | the most recent & before the first failing
|
---|
5456 | name/value pair (or the beginning of the string if
|
---|
5457 | the failure is in the first name / value pair) or
|
---|
5458 | the terminating NULL if all was successful.
|
---|
5459 |
|
---|
5460 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. Progress points to the null
|
---|
5461 | terminator at the end of the ConfigRequest
|
---|
5462 | string.
|
---|
5463 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate Config. Progress
|
---|
5464 | points to the first character of ConfigRequest.
|
---|
5465 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the ConfigRequest or
|
---|
5466 | Block parameter would result in this type of
|
---|
5467 | error. Progress points to the first character of
|
---|
5468 | ConfigRequest.
|
---|
5469 | @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Block not large enough. Progress undefined.
|
---|
5470 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Encountered non <BlockName> formatted string.
|
---|
5471 | Block is left updated and Progress points at
|
---|
5472 | the "&" preceding the first non-<BlockName>.
|
---|
5473 |
|
---|
5474 | **/
|
---|
5475 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
5476 | EFIAPI
|
---|
5477 | HiiBlockToConfig (
|
---|
5478 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
5479 | IN CONST EFI_STRING ConfigRequest,
|
---|
5480 | IN CONST UINT8 *Block,
|
---|
5481 | IN CONST UINTN BlockSize,
|
---|
5482 | OUT EFI_STRING *Config,
|
---|
5483 | OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
|
---|
5484 | )
|
---|
5485 | {
|
---|
5486 | HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
|
---|
5487 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
5488 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
5489 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
5490 | EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
|
---|
5491 | UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
|
---|
5492 | UINTN Offset;
|
---|
5493 | UINTN Width;
|
---|
5494 | UINT8 *Value;
|
---|
5495 | EFI_STRING ValueStr;
|
---|
5496 | EFI_STRING ConfigElement;
|
---|
5497 | UINTN Index;
|
---|
5498 | UINT8 *TemBuffer;
|
---|
5499 | CHAR16 *TemString;
|
---|
5500 |
|
---|
5501 | TmpBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
5502 |
|
---|
5503 | if (This == NULL || Progress == NULL || Config == NULL) {
|
---|
5504 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5505 | }
|
---|
5506 |
|
---|
5507 | if (Block == NULL || ConfigRequest == NULL) {
|
---|
5508 | *Progress = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
5509 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5510 | }
|
---|
5511 |
|
---|
5512 |
|
---|
5513 | Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
|
---|
5514 | ASSERT (Private != NULL);
|
---|
5515 |
|
---|
5516 | StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
5517 | ValueStr = NULL;
|
---|
5518 | Value = NULL;
|
---|
5519 | ConfigElement = NULL;
|
---|
5520 |
|
---|
5521 | //
|
---|
5522 | // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for
|
---|
5523 | // Results if this fix length is insufficient.
|
---|
5524 | //
|
---|
5525 | *Config = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH);
|
---|
5526 | if (*Config == NULL) {
|
---|
5527 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5528 | }
|
---|
5529 |
|
---|
5530 | //
|
---|
5531 | // Jump <ConfigHdr>
|
---|
5532 | //
|
---|
5533 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5534 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5535 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5536 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5537 | }
|
---|
5538 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5539 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5540 | }
|
---|
5541 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5542 | *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
|
---|
5543 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5544 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5545 | }
|
---|
5546 |
|
---|
5547 | while (*StringPtr != L'&' && *StringPtr != 0) {
|
---|
5548 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5549 | }
|
---|
5550 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5551 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5552 |
|
---|
5553 | AppendToMultiString(Config, ConfigRequest);
|
---|
5554 | HiiToLower (*Config);
|
---|
5555 |
|
---|
5556 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5557 | }
|
---|
5558 | //
|
---|
5559 | // Skip '&'
|
---|
5560 | //
|
---|
5561 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5562 |
|
---|
5563 | //
|
---|
5564 | // Copy <ConfigHdr> and an additional '&' to <ConfigResp>
|
---|
5565 | //
|
---|
5566 | TemString = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (CHAR16) * (StringPtr - ConfigRequest + 1), ConfigRequest);
|
---|
5567 | if (TemString == NULL) {
|
---|
5568 | return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5569 | }
|
---|
5570 | TemString[StringPtr - ConfigRequest] = '\0';
|
---|
5571 | AppendToMultiString(Config, TemString);
|
---|
5572 | FreePool (TemString);
|
---|
5573 |
|
---|
5574 | //
|
---|
5575 | // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists
|
---|
5576 | // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function.
|
---|
5577 | // <BlockName> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>
|
---|
5578 | //
|
---|
5579 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"OFFSET=", StrLen (L"OFFSET=")) == 0) {
|
---|
5580 | //
|
---|
5581 | // Back up the header of one <BlockName>
|
---|
5582 | //
|
---|
5583 | TmpPtr = StringPtr;
|
---|
5584 |
|
---|
5585 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"OFFSET=");
|
---|
5586 | //
|
---|
5587 | // Get Offset
|
---|
5588 | //
|
---|
5589 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
5590 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5591 | *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
|
---|
5592 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5593 | }
|
---|
5594 | Offset = 0;
|
---|
5595 | CopyMem (
|
---|
5596 | &Offset,
|
---|
5597 | TmpBuffer,
|
---|
5598 | (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
|
---|
5599 | );
|
---|
5600 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
5601 |
|
---|
5602 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
5603 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5604 | *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
|
---|
5605 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5606 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5607 | }
|
---|
5608 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
|
---|
5609 |
|
---|
5610 | //
|
---|
5611 | // Get Width
|
---|
5612 | //
|
---|
5613 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
5614 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5615 | *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
|
---|
5616 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5617 | }
|
---|
5618 | Width = 0;
|
---|
5619 | CopyMem (
|
---|
5620 | &Width,
|
---|
5621 | TmpBuffer,
|
---|
5622 | (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
|
---|
5623 | );
|
---|
5624 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
5625 |
|
---|
5626 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
5627 | if (*StringPtr != 0 && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
5628 | *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
|
---|
5629 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5630 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5631 | }
|
---|
5632 |
|
---|
5633 | //
|
---|
5634 | // Calculate Value and convert it to hex string.
|
---|
5635 | //
|
---|
5636 | if (Offset + Width > BlockSize) {
|
---|
5637 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5638 | Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
|
---|
5639 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5640 | }
|
---|
5641 |
|
---|
5642 | Value = (UINT8 *) AllocateZeroPool (Width);
|
---|
5643 | if (Value == NULL) {
|
---|
5644 | *Progress = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
5645 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5646 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5647 | }
|
---|
5648 |
|
---|
5649 | CopyMem (Value, (UINT8 *) Block + Offset, Width);
|
---|
5650 |
|
---|
5651 | Length = Width * 2 + 1;
|
---|
5652 | ValueStr = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
5653 | if (ValueStr == NULL) {
|
---|
5654 | *Progress = ConfigRequest;
|
---|
5655 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5656 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5657 | }
|
---|
5658 |
|
---|
5659 | TemString = ValueStr;
|
---|
5660 | TemBuffer = Value + Width - 1;
|
---|
5661 | for (Index = 0; Index < Width; Index ++, TemBuffer --) {
|
---|
5662 | UnicodeValueToStringS (
|
---|
5663 | TemString,
|
---|
5664 | Length * sizeof (CHAR16) - ((UINTN)TemString - (UINTN)ValueStr),
|
---|
5665 | PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
|
---|
5666 | *TemBuffer,
|
---|
5667 | 2
|
---|
5668 | );
|
---|
5669 | TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - ((UINTN)TemString - (UINTN)ValueStr) / sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
5670 | }
|
---|
5671 |
|
---|
5672 | FreePool (Value);
|
---|
5673 | Value = NULL;
|
---|
5674 |
|
---|
5675 | //
|
---|
5676 | // Build a ConfigElement
|
---|
5677 | //
|
---|
5678 | Length += StringPtr - TmpPtr + 1 + StrLen (L"VALUE=");
|
---|
5679 | ConfigElement = (EFI_STRING) AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
5680 | if (ConfigElement == NULL) {
|
---|
5681 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
5682 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5683 | }
|
---|
5684 | CopyMem (ConfigElement, TmpPtr, (StringPtr - TmpPtr + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
5685 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5686 | *(ConfigElement + (StringPtr - TmpPtr)) = L'&';
|
---|
5687 | }
|
---|
5688 | *(ConfigElement + (StringPtr - TmpPtr) + 1) = 0;
|
---|
5689 | StrCatS (ConfigElement, Length, L"VALUE=");
|
---|
5690 | StrCatS (ConfigElement, Length, ValueStr);
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 | AppendToMultiString (Config, ConfigElement);
|
---|
5693 |
|
---|
5694 | FreePool (ConfigElement);
|
---|
5695 | FreePool (ValueStr);
|
---|
5696 | ConfigElement = NULL;
|
---|
5697 | ValueStr = NULL;
|
---|
5698 |
|
---|
5699 | //
|
---|
5700 | // If '\0', parsing is finished. Otherwise skip '&' to continue
|
---|
5701 | //
|
---|
5702 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5703 | break;
|
---|
5704 | }
|
---|
5705 | AppendToMultiString (Config, L"&");
|
---|
5706 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5707 |
|
---|
5708 | }
|
---|
5709 |
|
---|
5710 | if (*StringPtr != 0) {
|
---|
5711 | *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
|
---|
5712 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5713 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5714 | }
|
---|
5715 |
|
---|
5716 | HiiToLower (*Config);
|
---|
5717 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5718 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5719 |
|
---|
5720 | Exit:
|
---|
5721 | if (*Config != NULL) {
|
---|
5722 | FreePool (*Config);
|
---|
5723 | *Config = NULL;
|
---|
5724 | }
|
---|
5725 | if (ValueStr != NULL) {
|
---|
5726 | FreePool (ValueStr);
|
---|
5727 | }
|
---|
5728 | if (Value != NULL) {
|
---|
5729 | FreePool (Value);
|
---|
5730 | }
|
---|
5731 | if (ConfigElement != NULL) {
|
---|
5732 | FreePool (ConfigElement);
|
---|
5733 | }
|
---|
5734 |
|
---|
5735 | return Status;
|
---|
5736 |
|
---|
5737 | }
|
---|
5738 |
|
---|
5739 |
|
---|
5740 | /**
|
---|
5741 | This helper function is to be called by drivers to map configuration strings
|
---|
5742 | to configurations stored in byte array ("block") formats such as UEFI Variables.
|
---|
5743 |
|
---|
5744 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
5745 | instance.
|
---|
5746 | @param ConfigResp A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp>
|
---|
5747 | format.
|
---|
5748 | @param Block A possibly null array of bytes representing the
|
---|
5749 | current block. Only bytes referenced in the
|
---|
5750 | ConfigResp string in the block are modified. If
|
---|
5751 | this parameter is null or if the *BlockSize
|
---|
5752 | parameter is (on input) shorter than required by
|
---|
5753 | the Configuration string, only the BlockSize
|
---|
5754 | parameter is updated and an appropriate status
|
---|
5755 | (see below) is returned.
|
---|
5756 | @param BlockSize The length of the Block in units of UINT8. On
|
---|
5757 | input, this is the size of the Block. On output,
|
---|
5758 | if successful, contains the largest index of the
|
---|
5759 | modified byte in the Block, or the required buffer
|
---|
5760 | size if the Block is not large enough.
|
---|
5761 | @param Progress On return, points to an element of the ConfigResp
|
---|
5762 | string filled in with the offset of the most
|
---|
5763 | recent '&' before the first failing name / value
|
---|
5764 | pair (or the beginning of the string if the
|
---|
5765 | failure is in the first name / value pair) or the
|
---|
5766 | terminating NULL if all was successful.
|
---|
5767 |
|
---|
5768 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. Progress points to the null
|
---|
5769 | terminator at the end of the ConfigResp string.
|
---|
5770 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate Config. Progress
|
---|
5771 | points to the first character of ConfigResp.
|
---|
5772 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the ConfigResp or
|
---|
5773 | Block parameter would result in this type of
|
---|
5774 | error. Progress points to the first character of
|
---|
5775 | ConfigResp.
|
---|
5776 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Encountered non <BlockName> formatted name /
|
---|
5777 | value pair. Block is left updated and
|
---|
5778 | Progress points at the '&' preceding the first
|
---|
5779 | non-<BlockName>.
|
---|
5780 | @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Block not large enough. Progress undefined.
|
---|
5781 | BlockSize is updated with the required buffer size.
|
---|
5782 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not found.
|
---|
5783 | Progress points to the "G" in "GUID" of the errant
|
---|
5784 | routing data.
|
---|
5785 |
|
---|
5786 | **/
|
---|
5787 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
5788 | EFIAPI
|
---|
5789 | HiiConfigToBlock (
|
---|
5790 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
5791 | IN CONST EFI_STRING ConfigResp,
|
---|
5792 | IN OUT UINT8 *Block,
|
---|
5793 | IN OUT UINTN *BlockSize,
|
---|
5794 | OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
|
---|
5795 | )
|
---|
5796 | {
|
---|
5797 | HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
|
---|
5798 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
5799 | EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
|
---|
5800 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
5801 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
5802 | UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
|
---|
5803 | UINTN Offset;
|
---|
5804 | UINTN Width;
|
---|
5805 | UINT8 *Value;
|
---|
5806 | UINTN BufferSize;
|
---|
5807 | UINTN MaxBlockSize;
|
---|
5808 |
|
---|
5809 | TmpBuffer = NULL;
|
---|
5810 |
|
---|
5811 | if (This == NULL || BlockSize == NULL || Progress == NULL) {
|
---|
5812 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5813 | }
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | *Progress = ConfigResp;
|
---|
5816 | if (ConfigResp == NULL) {
|
---|
5817 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5818 | }
|
---|
5819 |
|
---|
5820 | Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
|
---|
5821 | ASSERT (Private != NULL);
|
---|
5822 |
|
---|
5823 | StringPtr = ConfigResp;
|
---|
5824 | BufferSize = *BlockSize;
|
---|
5825 | Value = NULL;
|
---|
5826 | MaxBlockSize = 0;
|
---|
5827 |
|
---|
5828 | //
|
---|
5829 | // Jump <ConfigHdr>
|
---|
5830 | //
|
---|
5831 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5832 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5833 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5834 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5835 | }
|
---|
5836 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5837 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5838 | }
|
---|
5839 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5840 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5841 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5842 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5843 | }
|
---|
5844 |
|
---|
5845 | while (*StringPtr != L'&' && *StringPtr != 0) {
|
---|
5846 | StringPtr++;
|
---|
5847 | }
|
---|
5848 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5849 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5850 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5851 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5852 | }
|
---|
5853 |
|
---|
5854 | //
|
---|
5855 | // Parse each <ConfigElement> if exists
|
---|
5856 | // Only '&'<BlockConfig> format is supported by this help function.
|
---|
5857 | // <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE='<Number>
|
---|
5858 | //
|
---|
5859 | while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) {
|
---|
5860 | TmpPtr = StringPtr;
|
---|
5861 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
|
---|
5862 | //
|
---|
5863 | // Get Offset
|
---|
5864 | //
|
---|
5865 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
5866 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5867 | *Progress = TmpPtr;
|
---|
5868 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5869 | }
|
---|
5870 | Offset = 0;
|
---|
5871 | CopyMem (
|
---|
5872 | &Offset,
|
---|
5873 | TmpBuffer,
|
---|
5874 | (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
|
---|
5875 | );
|
---|
5876 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
5877 |
|
---|
5878 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
5879 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5880 | *Progress = TmpPtr;
|
---|
5881 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5882 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5883 | }
|
---|
5884 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
|
---|
5885 |
|
---|
5886 | //
|
---|
5887 | // Get Width
|
---|
5888 | //
|
---|
5889 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
|
---|
5890 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5891 | *Progress = TmpPtr;
|
---|
5892 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5893 | }
|
---|
5894 | Width = 0;
|
---|
5895 | CopyMem (
|
---|
5896 | &Width,
|
---|
5897 | TmpBuffer,
|
---|
5898 | (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
|
---|
5899 | );
|
---|
5900 | FreePool (TmpBuffer);
|
---|
5901 |
|
---|
5902 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
5903 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&VALUE=", StrLen (L"&VALUE=")) != 0) {
|
---|
5904 | *Progress = TmpPtr;
|
---|
5905 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5906 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5907 | }
|
---|
5908 | StringPtr += StrLen (L"&VALUE=");
|
---|
5909 |
|
---|
5910 | //
|
---|
5911 | // Get Value
|
---|
5912 | //
|
---|
5913 | Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &Value, &Length);
|
---|
5914 | if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
|
---|
5915 | *Progress = TmpPtr;
|
---|
5916 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5917 | }
|
---|
5918 |
|
---|
5919 | StringPtr += Length;
|
---|
5920 | if (*StringPtr != 0 && *StringPtr != L'&') {
|
---|
5921 | *Progress = TmpPtr;
|
---|
5922 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5923 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5924 | }
|
---|
5925 |
|
---|
5926 | //
|
---|
5927 | // Update the Block with configuration info
|
---|
5928 | //
|
---|
5929 | if ((Block != NULL) && (Offset + Width <= BufferSize)) {
|
---|
5930 | CopyMem (Block + Offset, Value, Width);
|
---|
5931 | }
|
---|
5932 | if (Offset + Width > MaxBlockSize) {
|
---|
5933 | MaxBlockSize = Offset + Width;
|
---|
5934 | }
|
---|
5935 |
|
---|
5936 | FreePool (Value);
|
---|
5937 | Value = NULL;
|
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | //
|
---|
5940 | // If '\0', parsing is finished.
|
---|
5941 | //
|
---|
5942 | if (*StringPtr == 0) {
|
---|
5943 | break;
|
---|
5944 | }
|
---|
5945 | }
|
---|
5946 |
|
---|
5947 | //
|
---|
5948 | // The input string is not ConfigResp format, return error.
|
---|
5949 | //
|
---|
5950 | if (*StringPtr != 0) {
|
---|
5951 | *Progress = StringPtr;
|
---|
5952 | Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5953 | goto Exit;
|
---|
5954 | }
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 | *Progress = StringPtr + StrLen (StringPtr);
|
---|
5957 | *BlockSize = MaxBlockSize - 1;
|
---|
5958 |
|
---|
5959 | if (MaxBlockSize > BufferSize) {
|
---|
5960 | *BlockSize = MaxBlockSize;
|
---|
5961 | if (Block != NULL) {
|
---|
5962 | return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
|
---|
5963 | }
|
---|
5964 | }
|
---|
5965 |
|
---|
5966 | if (Block == NULL) {
|
---|
5967 | *Progress = ConfigResp;
|
---|
5968 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
5969 | }
|
---|
5970 |
|
---|
5971 | return EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5972 |
|
---|
5973 | Exit:
|
---|
5974 |
|
---|
5975 | if (Value != NULL) {
|
---|
5976 | FreePool (Value);
|
---|
5977 | }
|
---|
5978 | return Status;
|
---|
5979 | }
|
---|
5980 |
|
---|
5981 |
|
---|
5982 | /**
|
---|
5983 | This helper function is to be called by drivers to extract portions of
|
---|
5984 | a larger configuration string.
|
---|
5985 |
|
---|
5986 | @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
|
---|
5987 | instance.
|
---|
5988 | @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
|
---|
5989 | <MultiConfigAltResp> format.
|
---|
5990 | @param Guid A pointer to the GUID value to search for in the
|
---|
5991 | routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
|
---|
5992 | retrieving the requested data. If Guid is NULL,
|
---|
5993 | then all GUID values will be searched for.
|
---|
5994 | @param Name A pointer to the NAME value to search for in the
|
---|
5995 | routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
|
---|
5996 | retrieving the requested data. If Name is NULL,
|
---|
5997 | then all Name values will be searched for.
|
---|
5998 | @param DevicePath A pointer to the PATH value to search for in the
|
---|
5999 | routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
|
---|
6000 | retrieving the requested data. If DevicePath is
|
---|
6001 | NULL, then all DevicePath values will be searched
|
---|
6002 | for.
|
---|
6003 | @param AltCfgId A pointer to the ALTCFG value to search for in the
|
---|
6004 | routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
|
---|
6005 | retrieving the requested data. If this parameter
|
---|
6006 | is NULL, then the current setting will be
|
---|
6007 | retrieved.
|
---|
6008 | @param AltCfgResp A pointer to a buffer which will be allocated by
|
---|
6009 | the function which contains the retrieved string
|
---|
6010 | as requested. This buffer is only allocated if
|
---|
6011 | the call was successful. It is <ConfigResp> format.
|
---|
6012 |
|
---|
6013 | @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. The requested data was
|
---|
6014 | extracted and placed in the newly allocated
|
---|
6015 | AltCfgResp buffer.
|
---|
6016 | @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate AltCfgResp.
|
---|
6017 | @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any parameter is invalid.
|
---|
6018 | @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not
|
---|
6019 | found.
|
---|
6020 |
|
---|
6021 | **/
|
---|
6022 | EFI_STATUS
|
---|
6023 | EFIAPI
|
---|
6024 | HiiGetAltCfg (
|
---|
6025 | IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
|
---|
6026 | IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
|
---|
6027 | IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
|
---|
6028 | IN CONST EFI_STRING Name,
|
---|
6029 | IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
|
---|
6030 | IN CONST UINT16 *AltCfgId,
|
---|
6031 | OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp
|
---|
6032 | )
|
---|
6033 | {
|
---|
6034 | EFI_STATUS Status;
|
---|
6035 | EFI_STRING StringPtr;
|
---|
6036 | EFI_STRING HdrStart;
|
---|
6037 | EFI_STRING HdrEnd;
|
---|
6038 | EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
|
---|
6039 | UINTN Length;
|
---|
6040 | EFI_STRING GuidStr;
|
---|
6041 | EFI_STRING NameStr;
|
---|
6042 | EFI_STRING PathStr;
|
---|
6043 | EFI_STRING AltIdStr;
|
---|
6044 | EFI_STRING Result;
|
---|
6045 | BOOLEAN GuidFlag;
|
---|
6046 | BOOLEAN NameFlag;
|
---|
6047 | BOOLEAN PathFlag;
|
---|
6048 |
|
---|
6049 | HdrStart = NULL;
|
---|
6050 | HdrEnd = NULL;
|
---|
6051 | GuidStr = NULL;
|
---|
6052 | NameStr = NULL;
|
---|
6053 | PathStr = NULL;
|
---|
6054 | AltIdStr = NULL;
|
---|
6055 | Result = NULL;
|
---|
6056 | GuidFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6057 | NameFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6058 | PathFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6059 |
|
---|
6060 | if (This == NULL || Configuration == NULL || AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
6061 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
6062 | }
|
---|
6063 |
|
---|
6064 | StringPtr = Configuration;
|
---|
6065 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
|
---|
6066 | return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
---|
6067 | }
|
---|
6068 |
|
---|
6069 | //
|
---|
6070 | // Generate the sub string for later matching.
|
---|
6071 | //
|
---|
6072 | GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *) Guid, 1, &GuidStr);
|
---|
6073 | GenerateSubStr (
|
---|
6074 | L"PATH=",
|
---|
6075 | GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *) DevicePath),
|
---|
6076 | (VOID *) DevicePath,
|
---|
6077 | 1,
|
---|
6078 | &PathStr
|
---|
6079 | );
|
---|
6080 | if (AltCfgId != NULL) {
|
---|
6081 | GenerateSubStr (L"ALTCFG=", sizeof (UINT16), (VOID *) AltCfgId, 3, &AltIdStr);
|
---|
6082 | }
|
---|
6083 | if (Name != NULL) {
|
---|
6084 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *) Name, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
6085 | } else {
|
---|
6086 | GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr);
|
---|
6087 | }
|
---|
6088 |
|
---|
6089 | while (*StringPtr != 0) {
|
---|
6090 | //
|
---|
6091 | // Try to match the GUID
|
---|
6092 | //
|
---|
6093 | if (!GuidFlag) {
|
---|
6094 | TmpPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, GuidStr);
|
---|
6095 | if (TmpPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
6096 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
6097 | goto Exit;
|
---|
6098 | }
|
---|
6099 | HdrStart = TmpPtr;
|
---|
6100 |
|
---|
6101 | //
|
---|
6102 | // Jump to <NameHdr>
|
---|
6103 | //
|
---|
6104 | if (Guid != NULL) {
|
---|
6105 | StringPtr = TmpPtr + StrLen (GuidStr);
|
---|
6106 | } else {
|
---|
6107 | StringPtr = StrStr (TmpPtr, L"NAME=");
|
---|
6108 | if (StringPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
6109 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
6110 | goto Exit;
|
---|
6111 | }
|
---|
6112 | }
|
---|
6113 | GuidFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
6114 | }
|
---|
6115 |
|
---|
6116 | //
|
---|
6117 | // Try to match the NAME
|
---|
6118 | //
|
---|
6119 | if (GuidFlag && !NameFlag) {
|
---|
6120 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, NameStr, StrLen (NameStr)) != 0) {
|
---|
6121 | GuidFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6122 | } else {
|
---|
6123 | //
|
---|
6124 | // Jump to <PathHdr>
|
---|
6125 | //
|
---|
6126 | if (Name != NULL) {
|
---|
6127 | StringPtr += StrLen (NameStr);
|
---|
6128 | } else {
|
---|
6129 | StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"PATH=");
|
---|
6130 | if (StringPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
6131 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
6132 | goto Exit;
|
---|
6133 | }
|
---|
6134 | }
|
---|
6135 | NameFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
6136 | }
|
---|
6137 | }
|
---|
6138 |
|
---|
6139 | //
|
---|
6140 | // Try to match the DevicePath
|
---|
6141 | //
|
---|
6142 | if (GuidFlag && NameFlag && !PathFlag) {
|
---|
6143 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, PathStr, StrLen (PathStr)) != 0) {
|
---|
6144 | GuidFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6145 | NameFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6146 | } else {
|
---|
6147 | //
|
---|
6148 | // Jump to '&' before <DescHdr> or <ConfigBody>
|
---|
6149 | //
|
---|
6150 | if (DevicePath != NULL) {
|
---|
6151 | StringPtr += StrLen (PathStr);
|
---|
6152 | } else {
|
---|
6153 | StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&");
|
---|
6154 | if (StringPtr == NULL) {
|
---|
6155 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
6156 | goto Exit;
|
---|
6157 | }
|
---|
6158 | StringPtr ++;
|
---|
6159 | }
|
---|
6160 | PathFlag = TRUE;
|
---|
6161 | HdrEnd = StringPtr;
|
---|
6162 | }
|
---|
6163 | }
|
---|
6164 |
|
---|
6165 | //
|
---|
6166 | // Try to match the AltCfgId
|
---|
6167 | //
|
---|
6168 | if (GuidFlag && NameFlag && PathFlag) {
|
---|
6169 | if (AltCfgId == NULL) {
|
---|
6170 | //
|
---|
6171 | // Return Current Setting when AltCfgId is NULL.
|
---|
6172 | //
|
---|
6173 | Status = OutputConfigBody (StringPtr, &Result);
|
---|
6174 | goto Exit;
|
---|
6175 | }
|
---|
6176 | //
|
---|
6177 | // Search the <ConfigAltResp> to get the <AltResp> with AltCfgId.
|
---|
6178 | //
|
---|
6179 | if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, AltIdStr, StrLen (AltIdStr)) != 0) {
|
---|
6180 | GuidFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6181 | NameFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6182 | PathFlag = FALSE;
|
---|
6183 | } else {
|
---|
6184 | //
|
---|
6185 | // Skip AltIdStr and &
|
---|
6186 | //
|
---|
6187 | StringPtr = StringPtr + StrLen (AltIdStr);
|
---|
6188 | Status = OutputConfigBody (StringPtr, &Result);
|
---|
6189 | goto Exit;
|
---|
6190 | }
|
---|
6191 | }
|
---|
6192 | }
|
---|
6193 |
|
---|
6194 | Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
6195 |
|
---|
6196 | Exit:
|
---|
6197 | *AltCfgResp = NULL;
|
---|
6198 | if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Result != NULL)) {
|
---|
6199 | //
|
---|
6200 | // Copy the <ConfigHdr> and <ConfigBody>
|
---|
6201 | //
|
---|
6202 | Length = HdrEnd - HdrStart + StrLen (Result) + 1;
|
---|
6203 | *AltCfgResp = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
|
---|
6204 | if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
|
---|
6205 | Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
|
---|
6206 | } else {
|
---|
6207 | StrnCpyS (*AltCfgResp, Length, HdrStart, HdrEnd - HdrStart);
|
---|
6208 | StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, Length, Result);
|
---|
6209 | Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6210 | }
|
---|
6211 | }
|
---|
6212 |
|
---|
6213 | if (GuidStr != NULL) {
|
---|
6214 | FreePool (GuidStr);
|
---|
6215 | }
|
---|
6216 | if (NameStr != NULL) {
|
---|
6217 | FreePool (NameStr);
|
---|
6218 | }
|
---|
6219 | if (PathStr != NULL) {
|
---|
6220 | FreePool (PathStr);
|
---|
6221 | }
|
---|
6222 | if (AltIdStr != NULL) {
|
---|
6223 | FreePool (AltIdStr);
|
---|
6224 | }
|
---|
6225 | if (Result != NULL) {
|
---|
6226 | FreePool (Result);
|
---|
6227 | }
|
---|
6228 |
|
---|
6229 | return Status;
|
---|
6230 |
|
---|
6231 | }
|
---|
6232 |
|
---|
6233 |
|
---|